From three dimensional to fifth dimensional reality, Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy, from the fifth root race to the sixth root race of intuition, from beta brain waves to theta brainwaves, What is the 6th root race and the 7th root race? We don’t know much about the 6’h and Th root race. They are still to come; they lay in the future. The 6th root race and the 7th root race will continue to deepen our spiritual consciousness, eventually reaching the mind of the Divine consciousness

From three dimensional to fifth dimensional reality, Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy, from the fifth root race to the sixth root race of intuition, from beta brain waves to theta brainwaves, What is the 6th root race and the 7th root race? We don’t know much about the 6’h and Th root race. They are still to come; they lay in the future. The 6th root race and the 7th root race will continue to deepen our spiritual consciousness, eventually reaching the mind of the Divine consciousness

At this moment we are in the Aryan root race and to be more exact, in the 5’h subrace. However, the development of consciousness between human beings can differ, depending on the individual’s state of consciousness. One person may have advanced further than another.

What is the 6th root race and the 7th root race? We don’t know much about the 6’h and Th root race. They are still to come; they lay in the future. The 6th root race and the 7th root race will continue to deepen our spiritual consciousness, eventually reaching the mind of the Divine consciousness (The Source). This is the growth to self-realization, an elevation on the spiritual level. Earth, too, develops toward a higher state of consciousness. Everything grows along a higher dimension.

Just as the Fifth Root-Race is derived from the ancient Semitics of the Sth Sub-Race of the 4th Root Race. They laid the foundation of egoism. Man must first find himself but then he offers himself again. He must devote himself to that which really makes that. The Sixth Sub-race will have it as its special duty to replace the blood-relationship by the relationship of Hanes: Spiritual relationship. The Seventh Sub-race is that which will be a premature birth. It will transfer into a much stronger reality that which develops from Man. In the 6th Sub-Race, the predisposition will be given for the overcoming of egoism, but the balance will be kept between selfishness and selflessness. The human being of the 6th Sub-race will neither lose himself with regard to external things nor shut himself up on the inner side of his nature. He will stream outwards that which he has now within him, his egoism. (People will ”be themselves” ). The members of the 6th Sub-race preserve the balance. , “

Similary in the planet earth’s history, we have also now reached the apex of the 5th root race glory in its material intelligence through the advancement of physical sciences, and thus developed the highest material civilizations upon the face of planet earth.

When any such human root race reaches the limits of its material glory during its evolutionary period, then they are unable to go any further in own cycle, just as what took place the previous 3rd and 4th root race cycles known as the Leumerian, and Atlantian civilizations, when they reached their own apex of glory in the ancient times.

When such an apex of material glory is achieved through physical science achievements by the evolving current human race which happens to be the 5th Aryan race in the current times, then all its future sub races and branch races will start going downward slowly declining in their respective cycles.

From that moment onward as per the established evolutionary rules of the creator logos, which are based upon the universal law of “Will to do Good”, none of the sub races or branch races of this declining root race is allowed “ever” to supersede the knowledge and inherent powers, known as fruits of evolution which are meant for the upcoming successive new root races like the 6th root race which is supposed to come into being at the start of declining of the 5th root race.

The individuals upon the planet will be known as the Sixth Root Race. This has nothing to do with the races of man, as you call them, upon the planet. Root Races are races of spiritual evolvement, of which the Earth is seeded from one Age to another. Always do a few forerunners come.

It is a Spiritual Awakening — the crucifixion of the lower-self and the rising of the inner Christ within you. And it comes as an individual experience.

The Awakening and the un-enwrapment is taking place in many individuals. Greater each day do the frequencies of these Higher Dimensions enter the Earth’s atmosphere. Greater and greater and more so. Then there will be a time when the full Light and Power of the Christ-Consciousness will descend. As it does, it will descend into each one of these individuals, making the Body literally light up the planet.

The Fifth Universal Cosmic Principle, of Father-Mother of antiquity from which proceeds human mind is cosmically a radiant, cool, diathermanous (Trans-mitting radiant heat) plastic matter, creative in its physical nature and immu-table in its higher principles; in conjunction with radiant heat it recalls dead worlds to life. In its hiq her aspect it is the Soul of the World, in its lower, the Destroyer. The word Ozyan means the one Real Magical Knowledge or Occult Wisdom which, dealing with eternal truths and primal causes, becomes almost Omnipotence when applied in the right direction. The mighty etheric Currents are the Steed, and Thought is the Rider. It passes like lightning through the Fiery Clouds or Cosmic Mist. Its voice calls the innumerable sparks and joins them together.

Occult Philosophy divulges few of its most important and vital mysteries. It drops them like precious Pearls one by one, far and wide apart – No one book has them – and even this only when forced to do so by the evolutionary tidal wave that carries Humanity on and on slowly, silently but steadily toward the dawn of the great Sixth Race of Mankind. For if they fall into the hands of the selfish Gains of the human Race they are more liable to become a curse than a blessing.to humanity. Our illusion is so great that we have no right to dog-matize about the possible nature of the perceptive faculties of a Sixth Plane Ego. The pure Object apart from Consciousness is unknown to us while living on the plane of the three dimensional World. (Know the dimensional world this century) – With no more than five senses, and no power to divorce our Ego from their thralldom, it is impossible for the personal Ego to break through the carrier which separates it FROM a knowledge of things themselves. The Ego progressing an Arc of ascending subjectivity must exhaust the experience of every plane.

But if we look into history we shall clearly see that although the origin of a new opinion may be thus due to a single man, the result which the new opinion produces will depend on the condition of the people among whom it is propagated. If either a religion or a philosophy is too much in advance of a Nation it can do no present service, but must bide its time. This is Cyclic Law. But this Law itself is often defied by human stubbornness. Every science, every creed had its Martyrs, and according to the ordinary course of affairs, a few generations pass away and then there comes a period when these very truths are looked upon as commonplace facts, and a little later there comes another period in which they are declared to be necessary, and even the dullest intellect wonders how they could ever have been denied.

We have already learned that the minds of the present generation are not ready to receive the Truths of Nature’s hidden or Occult Laws. But the advanced thinkers of the Sixth Root Race will accept esoteric philosophy fully and un-conditionally. Meanwhile the generations of our Fifth Race will continue to be led away by prejudice and preconceptions, and materialism will seek to crush the name of Occult Science.

The Sixth Race as a Goal for an Individual: Usually, when the situation requires, every Monad is urging the consciousness of the human being to speed in the direction of common development. We all, hu-mans, have our individual purposes of spiritual development: whether to get rid of suffering, to achieve creative abilities, to manifest compassion, or to regain the bliss of unification with the Supreme Consciousness. And we have our common movement towards the sixth Race of humanity. Our spiritual development depends on the extent to which we identify ourselves with our physical body or with our spiritual lifestream. As Kalagia tells us: “It is necessary for a Man to pay due heed to the main purpose of his life that leads to a spiritual compre-hension of life’s meaning. Namely that which a man sees as the main purpose of life, leads him to the conforming manifestation in the Ex-pressions of Forms of Life of the United, because the Divine Human Essence — the Will of the Highest — grants to Man that which Man wants to see.” (Kalagia, 3.3.3).When we lead our attention away from the physical perception of ourselves and “anchor” it to the spiritual understanding of our Essence, then we accelerate our ascent along the spiral of development towards the sixth Race and assist the rest of humanity in this evolutionary process.

What is Alchemy?: The law of the Cosmic Magnet can be under-stood also through its application in the esoteric science of alchemy. No wonder that materialistic science doesn’t recognise such a discipline from its limited understanding of Matter deprived of Spirit. The arche-typal image of an alchemist is of a bearded man in medieval costume trying to turn lead into gold. This image doesn’t reflect the true mean-ing of alchemy because this holy science, if properly understood, doesn’t deal with matter at all! In reality, its subject, instrument and goal is the Spirit within us. The Spirit, which makes our thoughtforms work and manifest in the material world. When we transform our energy vibrations into vibrations of Light, when we discipline our normally chaotic thoughts, when we turn our words into an image of the desired, then the material results automati-cally come as a materialisation of the Spirit by the attractive power of the Cosmic Magnet. We humans call this process “miraculous”. But, in truth, such is the normal mode of action for multi-dimensional Essences of the Divine Hierarchy. We, three-dimensional people, sometimes also reach miraculous results by our own enormous efforts. We can remember events, when we experienced or, at least, witnessed the miracles of escape, healing or creation. “On the edge of an abyss”, we are able to activate our inner Magnet, and it attracts the desired conditions.

Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy.

When you begin your search for your Inner God, you start the al-chemic process of self-transformation. Through this process, gradually, you begin to become aware of yourself as of an instrument of the Logos in Its Search. The law of the Cosmic Magnet will attract the best conditions when you really try to reflect “the Search” of the Logos. The Logos experiences and develops Its spiritual qualities through your earthly experiences. If you reflect Its “Search”, your efforts will be in harmony with divine Purpose and with your Path. Kalagia describes this process thus: “The purpose of the Search is to reflect, as in a mirror, the Seeker (Logos) and to merge with this reflection: then the goal Sought for will be found on Earth and re-flected as an energy focus — into the Centre of the Logos, into Its Heart, becoming Its Heart.” In such a way, through the alchemic process of self-transformation, an earthly human being becomes transformed into an Essence with the properties of the greatest Alchemist — God.

If we want to reflect the divine qualities in our consciousness, we have to “anchor” the magnet of our “Search” in the high vibrations of the divine Consciousness. This effort involves us in the process of transmutation, which spreads all over our spiritual and physical bodies and uplifts their condition. Certainly, it is not easy to achieve this goal. It requires patience, belief and readiness to come into the tense, creative condition of a “strained magnet”. Anyone who ever tried to create any-thing new is familiar with this state! The Law of Transmission of Energy: In the book Saint Germain on Alchemy: Formulas for Self-Transformation, the Ascended Master reveals some secrets, methods and mysteries of alchemy as the science of self-transformation. He refers to the law of Transmission of Energy, which can be derived from the general law of Unity and from the law of the Cosmic Magnet. It is dear that Spirit is everywhere, and Its magnetism also. So, energy is only changing its form by becoming condensed in a hologram of Matter and being released again into Spirit. Therefore, energy can be transmitted from one hologram to another.

Firts, we accept and understand that the entire visible material Nature, including our physical bodies, is created by the power of the Spirit. Second, we become aware of the power of the Spirit that already exists within us. And third, we liberate ourselves from our mental cliches, which fence us from our real nature and deprive our magnet of its might. This is never easy, but if we continually practice our skills of self-transformation, we are on the path leading to our goal. We are ‘TRY”-ing to understand every problem as a lesson for our Spirit and to solve it by spiritual means. We practice purification of our thoughts and feelings. We constantly have recourse to our higher na-ture, rather than to other people, for the solution of our problems. Then we can realise the spiritual purpose of events, and receive true answers from on High (or from within). In these conditions, we can ensure that the spiritual power of our magnet will attract only the assigned consequences of our Path.

How can humans evolve an Multi dimensional Consciousness? Multi-dimensional Man, Multi-Dimensional Reality, Multi-dimensional Consciousness, Multi-Dimensional Perception, Multidimensional Evolution

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

Spiritual knowledge will deepen your understanding of what lies beyond the third dimension, particularly the fifth dimension, which can best be understood as the place everyone else calls heaven. But the fifth dimension is not a place that we are going to; it is instead a vibration we are becoming! So you don’t have to leave “here” to get there; you are already where you are. By beginning to notice and understand the differences between 3D and 5D, you will be able to shift more readily into your fifth-dimensional self that is ready and waiting for you!

The fifth-dimensional experience is essential to the future of humanity. It’s an emerging notion where science merges with philosophy and spirituality. Our wake-up call is that we are deeply connected to our consciousness, and that our science, nature, and philosophy are becoming merged into a new way of being—waking up in fifth dimension. It is the paradigm shift of paradigm shifts. Spiritual knowledge will change the paradigm to the new.

Working with your Higher Self will give you the keys to waking up in 5D. This book will help guide you in that direction. Developing a Higher Self connection is the one key that will unlock everything else. Your Higher Self is different from your lower self that provides intuition yet is tied to your ego/desires. Your lower self is reactive; your Higher Self is proactive. Your Higher Self is ahead of the curve; your lower self is reactive to the curve. Connecting to your Higher Self is a game changer.

Being in fifth dimension is a frequency choice. It’s also about using what’s available to assist you when you fall out of the higher frequencies. This means your movement to fifth dimension isn’t a direct arrival. Being there doesn’t guarantee you’ll stay there. Certainly once you’ve been there it becomes easier and easier to reach. If you do move back into third dimension, it’s a movement that will keep oscillating until you can hold the higher frequency all the time. Meditation is spiritual exercise fort the soul. Its through meditation practice one become stronger, so one is able to hold the higher frequency state, and at same time meditation also building new ways and threads within the mind, into unused part of the brain.

⦁ Multi-dimensional Man
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Reality
⦁ Multi-dimensional Consciousness
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Perception
⦁ Multidimensional Evolution

Multidimensional presence is the ability to be in different dimensions or locations simultaneously.

Since you are the multi-dimensional being that you are when you bring in this pure unbiased energy to pattern your creations, then those in power such as religion, government, businesses, family, and friends, lock you into a consciousness that only results in everyone and everything outside of you becoming your master in what you will manifest for your reality. This is what you are asleep to!

What you don’t realize is that your human consciousness becomes owned and controlled by everyone around you as if you are a slave to them. These groups and more will keep you locked into repeating your creations over and over, all because of you are a slave to your belief patterns. You will do it by following their “will” and not your soul’s “will.”

The human consciousness, and how it has been programmed, deals with just one aspect of itself, and it tries to relate everything that you are experiencing to it from one dimensional phase, thus leaving out all other aspects of yourself.

You see, the first thing in understanding energy is that you must recognize that your core essence is of Spirit Consciousness and that you are a divine being first and foremost that holds the authority (power) to create and manifest whatever you please, even the human body. This also means that your core essence is of no form or no-mind.

You see, from these billions and billions of potentials that we all created together a long time ago, the greatest and grandest potentials we, as souls, chose to express and bring into our life to experience first was “belief systems: and with the creation of it, came the belief in duality. Through belief systems we found that we could structure our creations in a manner where they feel very real to us. So real that we could lose ourselves in our own creations, which we did. Therefore, it is your dogmatic belief systems that are preventing you from rejuvenating your physical body because you are not accepting “who you truly are and “how energy works. You see, once you understand “who you truly are: and that you have the oneness of your own divine essence, you would actually see and understand that you did expand your consciousness to the point where you re-created yourself into something you were not., and through this become the ego-body-identity, and not the real higher spiritual divine self.

Therefore, since your physical body has the make-up of a dualistic energy force, because of your beliefs, you have the tendency to believe that everything, including God, is in a state of having two parts. Therefore, it is the doctrine of opposing forces where good and evil always determines the course of your thoughts, beliefs, and the actions you place on this pure unbiased energy coming into your consciousness for expression.

So, knowing from a soul level, that energy has to evolve back to its original form of oneness and neutrality, we souls chose the path of evolution (soul growth) as the means to move forward in our quest to answer the question, Who are we?” This way, when our energy got stuck, because of forgetfulness being part of our consciousness, we knew that energy would go back into itself to explore the reason for it being stuck.

You see, the reason why governments and religions are so successful in keeping us in a hypnotic state is that they tap into our primitive mind, the “pre-adolescent self”. It is through your ‘pre-adolescent you’ where government and religion easily hijack your freedom to become sovereign and an independent soul.

Our desired outcome for this first shift will be a consciousness which is totally clear, and a new sense of self or identity, enabling us to move forward with confidence.

‘The time has now come for us to be bold and move out from behind our mind-filters of selective perception and face the fiillness of the light. There exists a vast reservoir of inter-related knowledge in which a far deeper truth is always consealed within multiple levels of meaning. A new, more universal perspective will make it possible for us to see through the fog of our present conceptual confiision.’

The second major shift is to a more fluid and open system of thought and perception which includes a fully holistic paradigm of thinking and an unobstructed vision of reality (seeing beyond the goldfish bowl). Our earlier views, including some of our beliefs about life and the universe, may be challenged by these radical new ideas, but this does not mean that they were (or are) incorrect In fact, they may have served us well up to this point but will simply be inadequate to explain the new Insights and experiences which come with a higher level of consciousness and perception.

In order to expand our perception of reality, the pathway has to be further cleared for the passage of consciousness through our minds and this involves having to enter our unconscious and change those conditioned mental structures (called ‘constructs’ in psychology) which govern our present consciousness and perception. It is likely that these structures are neurologically hard-wired, but some groundbreaking work has shown that they can be reconstructed using powerful processes which involve taking in new ideas and engaging inner experiences which are way outside of our normal field of interpretation, thus forcing a shift. In this regard, we will be introduced to some hidden ‘dimensions’ of our mind, in which we can work directly with energy and even create alternate realities which radically challenge these pre-conditioned structures.

‘We must learn to tailor our concepts to fit reality, instead of trying to stuff reality into our concepts’.

For the final major shift, we are invited to move into a totally new experience of life by reconnecting with our ‘authentic’ or true selves on a different level of reality (in other words, coming to realise that we are not ‘goldfish’ at all and climbing out of the bowl). However, this requires a huge amount of effort and energy, and this energy will need to be gathered from much higher sources of con-sciousness which are available to those who know where to find it. A storehouse of energy is within reach and available within our own consciousness as accumulated energy stored in our own archetypes deep within our unconscious mind.

Another and even more powerful source originates outside our own consciousness, in the embodiment of more universal archetypal forms, revealed in religious scriptures as the celestial hierarchy of spiritual masters, angelic beings and spirit guides, and often referred to collectively as ‘Spirit’. The processes at this stage are therefore designed to bring about our final awakening into a state of absolute clarity in which we can escape from the collective delusion of the world of appearances and rediscover our origins in the ultimate source of all consciousness, sometimes called the universal or ‘divine Mind or Intelligence.

The final outcome for this shift should therefore be a new state of consciousness and clarity which includes an ongoing ‘intimate’ and mutual relationship with our own unconscious mind, a permanent connection with our true (authentic) self and the potential for communication and interaction on all levels of consciousness and reality. ‘Once there is a certain degree of Presence, of still and alert attention in human beings’ perceptions, they can sense the divine life essence, the one indwelling consciousness or spirit in every creature, every life form, recognize it as one with their own essence and so love it as themselves.

Until this happens, however, most humans see only the outer forms, unaware of the inner essence, just as they are unaware of their own essence and identifij only with their own physical and psycho-logical form’

‘All spiritual disciplines are done with a view to still the mind (stilling, lowering, quitening and emptying the beta brain waves). The perfectly still mind is universal spirit.’

As the processes become more powerful, we can harm ourselves emotionally if our minds are unsettled or in conflict. To be successful on this path, we have to learn to relax and cultivate a quiet and restful state of mind.

‘Not to be able to stop thinking is a dreadful affliction, but we don’t realize this because almost everyone is suf-fering from it, so it is considered normal. This incessant mental noise prevents you from finding that realm of inner stillness that is inseparable from Being.’

‘If you want to reach a state of bliss, then go beyond your ego and the internal dialogue. Make a decision to relinquish the need to control, the need to be approved, and the need to judge. Those are the three things the ego is doing all the time. It’s very important to be aware of them every time they come up.’

We presently all function under the guise of a false sense of self or “ego” formed by our experiences in this world. The ego is not who we really are, but is little more than an accumulation of self-awareness surrounded by a collection of self-centred thoughts and memories, beliefs, doubts, fears and insecurities. Somewhere in the midst of all this clutter is still that oasis of pure consciousness which we can rediscover and learn to accept as our true nature or ”authentic self. This has been trying to assert itself since the moment, when as children, we first became self-aware, but has been prevented by the constant activity of our minds and those self-limiting beliefs related to the ego which we have allowed to form, and now influence our actions, consciousness and perceptions.

Once we come to realise this, it is possible to consciously begin to expose and peel away the ego together with its muddied contents, making way for a new and more authentic experience of self.

“Our greatest fear is not that we are inadequate. Our greatest fear is that we are powerful beyond measure”

The inner structure of our ego is built up of conditioned thoughts, ideas and core beliefs about ourselves which form unwritten “rules” in our unconscious mind and govern our thoughts and perceptions of the world around us. And if these are self-limiting or negative, they will certainly handicap our efforts to unfold our higher consciousness. Fortunately, research has shown that we can change these rules bv being prepared to assimilate new views and perspectives and to expose ourselves to experiences outside of our present worldview.

If we really wish to unfold our consciousness and perception, we will have to create the psychological space for this to happen by seeing ourselves as not just as a body, but rather as multi-dimensional beings with an almost limitless potential.

⦁ Multi-Dimensional Reality
⦁ Multi-dimensional Man
⦁ Multi-dimensional Consciousness
⦁ Multi-Dimensional Perception

Over the millennia we have all been subjected to historically conditioned thoughts, ideas, beliefs and attitudes that bind us to different versions of reality. These all form what is generally known as a paradigm. As life on Earth continues to unfold, it will become increasingly clear how those who are attached to the ways of the old paradigm will remain so, but those who are aligned with the new paradigm will move into the reality of the New Earth.

Throughout history, fear has always been a tool used in the process of our social conditioning and we have not really been encouraged to think for ourselves. We have been taught to believe only what others tell us it is “safe” to believe, whether in the form of sacred scriptures or scientific theories (which usually only provide one piece of the puzzle). And this has limited our view of reality to what has been handed down to us. Even today we continue to be influenced by information supplied by the media and powerful political, financial or religious movements, each of which has their own agendas.

“We live in a world in wich ordinary people become pawns in a game played by men of power.”

“Most people don’t inhabit a living reality but a conceptualized one”

“Each of us can manifest the properties of a field of consciousness that transcends space, time, and linear causality”

“The boundaries of your reality have to be loosened in order for you to see into the great mystery beyond”.

“Consciousness is light, the luminosity of the life and Mind of God”

Scientific research from many disciplines can show clearly that the true nature of our consciousness is multidimensional and a fundamental part of our multi-dimensional universe. We can no longer conform to the limitations of 19th and 20th century materialistic ideas about what it means to be human. Our current manifesta-tion in a three-dimensional body is a projection of this multidimensional consciousness. While our brain/mind contains a vast collection of DNA memories, healthy cell memories, mythological memories, and experiential memories, it also keeps track of its own space and time.

Our multidimensional consciousness, however, is much more than the body/brain/mind it sets in motion. It is beyond the conventional three-dimensional measurements. Multidi-mensional consciousness is not even limited by the four dimensions of spacetime. It can provide the mind (with its sensory systems and their memories) with information beyond the reach of the physical body, beyond the know-ledge of the mind. Researchers of psi phenomena from all over the world have shown this to be true, while many of us continue to study why and how it is possible. It is time to pay attention to the results of this research, and to contemplate what it means for all of us.

All fields of human study and endeavor—education, medicine, biology. botany. physics and technology—will be changing as this vast potential of multidimensional consciousness becomes realized within each of us. We are co-creators in the ongoing game of evolution. There is no need to be limited by the old mythologies of history. We are free to explore the multidimensional realms available to our awareness.

Consciousness — This word has been used to mean so many different aspects of the human psyche that now it must be defined by any author before it can be used. It can refer merely to the act of being aware, or awake, as in the question we might ask of someone who is just waking up, “Are you conscious?” Others have used the term to refer to that timeless aspect of ourselves, that part of us which is in tune with God. That has been called our “higher consciousness.” The higher consciousness is said to be able to bring events and ideas into awareness from beyond space and/or time. Pre-cognition – Putting the pieces together is a ability when the all of the brain components has been united from the state of duality into Oneness, this is the cognitive dimension of future consciousness, everything then exist in present time.

Ascension is higher frequency and higher frequency is more awareness. They all describe the same thing. Third dimension is becoming aware of fourth dimension, the realm of higher frequency and more awareness. At one time in Earth’s history people thought planet Earth was the center of the universe and all else revolved around it. Now people think their bodies are the center of their consciousness.

To heal our physical ailments and to gain our ascension we need to attract more light. Not only optical light but also spiritual light. The energy of light flows into our body and our subtle bodies to keep all our four lower bodies energized.

Currently humans have a two strand, DNA double helix that is active. Light is the food that feeds our DNA. Our DNA short circuited as we fell into denser and denser frequencies within the planes of matter and we ended up with only two operating strands of DNA. Certainly negative energy blocks the flow of light.

Now if our entire DNA and genetic code were active, we would be far wiser and evolved as a human species as we would be absorbing more light into the DNA. We would be fully plugged into the universe and have access to the knowledge of the cosmos, as we would be assimilating the full power and creative potential of all the rays of light. We would probably even remember from where we have come and our experiences in other existences and even other planets, because we would be expressing all elements in all the rays of light. We would probably be conscious of the fact that we are multi-dimensional beings and ‘We are Gods’ -John 10:34. With fully functional DNA, we would be beings of knowledge with “no-ledge” to our wisdom and understanding, being able to access all knowledge. With this increase in knowledge, we would almost certainly be a more humanitarian and compassionate life form. We would be the beings of light and spirit that our creator intended. The DNA also seems to be the link between the physical and the metaphysical and spiritual planes or non-physical dimensions.

As you increase your light quotient through positive activities, purifying your consciousness and by purifying your lifestyles and using certain spiritual practices which magnetize more light to you, then we can expect the 97% junk DNA to become activated and the two strands of DNA would eventually evolve into 12 Strand DNA. Scientists now know that the DNA can repair itself. So in the future, once human DNA does evolve into 12 strands, then the human species would become a fully conscious and fully awakened Divine beings of light.

When humanities two strand DNA evolves into 12 strand DNA, we will be fully plugged into the source of light and codes of information flowing through the twelve dimensions and we shall be a fully functional divine man/woman in manifestation, as we will be fully connected to the seven major and the other five rays.

We as human consciousness evolve towards higher potential a greater acceptance of the principle of vibrational medicine and the hidden holographic universe. The revolution in consciousness and healing assist us in understanding the concept of humans as multidimensional beings and in comprehending the evolution of consciousness through states of illness and health. So it is up to us to apply our human potential and wake up to our consciousness towards developing a new hope and approach of healing the body, mind, and also spirit, our true nature our spiritual higher self.

Superconsciousness is soul that exists beyond body and mind. It is the soul that gives birth to the mind and the body. The soul can be viewed without dimension through consciousness, time, and space. When we expand the ordinary mind, until it impinges on the superconscious mind, we are able to feel God’s presence. Our spirit is the conscious force that is life itself. We incarnate to the physical world to evolve our souls and taking ideas from spirit within and interpreting those ideas as form and experience in the material world. Time and age exists in the physical world but in the spiritual world, it is timeless. When it comes to evolve the soul there is no age and no limits, therefore, you can progress to another dimensions. But in time, the lower vibration of soul in the dense physical body became conscious of only the third-dimensional world.

Since we are manifested with an infinite consciousness from the divine spark, at this stage, we are experiencing the divine of our own being or oneness with God. This consciousness shows the cosmos to consist entirely immaterial, spiritual, and entirely alive; it shows that there is no death, that everyone and everything has eternal life and that the universe is God and that God is the universe. An experience of higher dimensionality is achieved by an integration of experiences and level of consciousness. After certain experiences of deep meditation on the plane of three-dimensional consciousnesses, we can transcend a totally different reality where all opposites are unified into an organic whole.

Ancient cultures knew the secret of human evolution, so much so that many were able to lift their consciousness to move to various dimensions of existence. The binary view of life or death must be vanquished in favor of a new worldview consisting of multidimensional awareness. It may seem like science fiction, but many scientists agree that multiple dimensions exist. If this is true, then why wouldn’t we want to explore these dimensions? Granted, we would need to leave the comfort of our three-dimensional existence to explore a multidimensional world, but who says the new world is not even better than our current world? What if a multidimensional existence is ten times or one hundred times more exciting, fulfilling, and loving than our current state? What if miracles were as commonplace and as simple as breathing? What if all of our DNA was suddenly switched on, leading to a higher level of existence seldom ever dreamed of by modern man?

The soul-consciousness-awareness continues to advance in its evolution to other higher, more refined energy fields (some esoteric schools call this next level the Mental plane), where knowledge, rather than emotions, plays the dominant role. We correlate this progressive wisdom with the concept of everything being a continuum of energies evolving in geometric proportion and therefore allowing further progress in quality and refinement. Evolution never stops, and one can eventually exist at ultra-high-frequency realms. Older teachings speak about such Causal planes. They say that consciousness has such a high frequency and subtle existence in those planes that there is no adequate concept or imagery for us to comprehend. We will know this level only when we are ready for it in our evolution, but we can move toward this await state by inner work of self-regulation and self-discipline.

Dimensions have a frequency. Humanity has existed within the lower frequency of the third dimension for thousands of years. It is not about a specific location; it relates to a level of consciousness. During Earth’s pivotal years, humanity is experiencing a gigantic dimensional shift. As people begin to reside more fully in the higher frequencies, they can more easily access the wisdom of their hearts and move out of their fear-based agendas. A shift like the one occurring now is revolutionary and unprecedented. No previous generations have lived through, or have completed, such a radical change in consciousness.

A multidimensional being has the capacity for expanded levels of thinking and being. New-paradigm thinking is often associated with multidimensional approaches. This means a wider spectrum of ideas and options. As humanity evolves, people become increasingly aware of the universe’s larger reality. This is because people learn to perceive things they could not perceive before. Sometimes this happens when an instrument like a microscope reveals a structure not seen before. There is a learned tendency to define reality by what we can see or prove through physical means.

As people grow spiritually, they increase their ability to perceive reality through more subtle means. A person learns to broaden his or her perception of reality to include both the physical and spiritual worlds. Intuitive abilities, honed with training and practice, can help a person to expand his or her range of perception. The more that a person uses these abilities, the more tangible the spiritual dimensions become.

The word “linear” relates to old-paradigm views that are limited and without in-depth understanding. These approaches can be rigid and fixed. When someone is thinking in linear terms, he or she often views things in black and white. This means without the variations that contribute to a fuller view. On the other hand, new-paradigm thinking has multidimensional approaches. This means a wider spectrum of ideas and options.

You have the power to access the totality of your authentic Self and then live as that One. You must be centered in your Self to access your Higher Power; an unbalanced ego can’t get there. The realization that your nature is both human and divine leads you to see that the transformer of your consciousness is always within you. Transformation doesn’t happen on the outside of you; through the power of inner work, you create transformation from within.

One cannot enter the higher levels of consciousness and Oneness through the fear-duality concept of the ego.

Once a soul has overcome those obstacles on its soul path, they are ready to embrace the second birth of the soul. When one submits willingly to the spiritual surrender, one enters into the deep slumber of spiritual refinement and purging. When awakened, one discovers differences in self with regards to spiritual beliefs and understandings.

Embracing oneness within the fabric of life sets the stage for awesome wonders yet to be experienced as an incarnate soul on the plane of being human. Make no doubt, this is a spiritual experience and the experience will be tailor made just for you. Within this experience, one will realize and recognize the deep and abiding love, unconditional love that is yours and yours alone just because you are whom you are—total acceptance—total worthiness. This is the only way that one can achieve entrance into the seventh layer of the aura.

As previously stated, within this aura layer, the golden light which is found there holds the potential life plan of the soul, the entire soul path, and the pathway home to the source system of the original soul fragment. This layer holds all the multi-dimensional aspects of the soul, the multi-dimensional life lessons, soul progressions, and an up-to-date assessment of every facet of ones multi-dimensional self in relationship to the overall progression of the soul to return home in a state of oneness. It holds the past life bands of this multi-experience (human) as well as each multi-dimensional species that one might have elected to interact with.

It holds all spiritual and physical accomplishments as well as every universal and multi-dimensional ship, planet, or experience that one has ever encountered. Every soul to soul dimensional connection, no matter how brief or intense, is recorded in the past life bands as well as the current life band. The information stored in these bands are collected and contained in one location, called The Book of Life.

At any time one wants, one can review the current life band and make adjustments as your free will would lead you to do. The seat of the soul, a term often referred to in spiritual circles, also resides within this layer. This term refers to all that you have ever been, all that you are, and all that you hope to be. It holds the potential for all that you have chosen to be in this life, and as a spiritual soul returning to its origin. Often this is referred to as your soul lineage. This layer also has a unique aspect to it. It contains a gateway as well as a bridge. As a soul evolves, and experiences this layer of the aura bio-field, it first interacts with the seventh layer bridge; then, it has the option to access to the gateway.

The bridge connects the seventh layer of the aura field to the multi-layered cosmic plane. The bridge consists of three layers. Each of the layers has a specific frequency, characteristic, and lesson to master. An individual must successfully elevate their life frequency tones to match the frequency tone of each layer of the seventh layer bridge, before they can move to the next higher vibration. While the individual is acclimating spiritually to the higher frequency vibrations for advancement within the seventh aura layer, they are additionally stimulating the third eye, pineal gland and the crown chakra center.

Measurement of increased vibrational rate is heard by others by the choice of words the individual is expressing as they speak words of wisdom effortlessly through their throat chakra. When the extended boundary of the aura layer has been mastered, then the soul is granted permission to experience the crystal gateway of soul on in.

When the sealed chakra opens will then allow the chakra centers to morph into their evolved form—spherical. With holographic spheres of light now serving as chakra centers, individuals have the opportunity to totally immerse themselves into anchoring the crystal frequency waves within their physical body. The crystal gateway not only allowed the new root race of man to incarnate, but also provided opportunity for each individual, to receive the benefits of the gateway also—crystal energy. This crystal gateway is the first threshold that is available to souls at the ketheric template level. When a soul accepts the invitation to Light, the gateway opens to receive lightbody ascension codes and paradigm transformational shifts to move the soul from the density of matter into the frequency of light. One of the keys to passing through the first gateway constitutes a complete surrendering of self, ego and all that holds one to the density programming of the earth plane.

Sustaining that level of frequency change is the first challenge that the incarnate soul experiences when embracing this gateway opportunity. When the soul has successfully sustained this level of light, they can proceed to the eighth aura level. At this level they begin to understand the multi-dimensional gateway bands and learn how to utilize their alpha and omega chakra centers.

Bridge layers are not structured like the layers that comprise the lower aura layers which surround the physical body. Bridge layers are similar to streams of light and exist simultaneously with other bridge layers, yet retain a unique distinctive frequency of their own. Bridge layers are located within the in-breath of upper and lower bio-fields of the incarnate human. Interconnectedness to all layers is woven within the matrix, or web of life. These layers encompass all dimensions within the web of life yet can operate independently of the matrix only because of their association with the lower physical aura. Their bridging streams of light connect the upper soul to the soul incarnate through many silver cords of light.

No code master can open their doorway until all code masters are present to unlock their door which consequently opens the gateway. The doorways were locked in a specific sequence and only by using the correct sequence procedure can they be unlocked.

Through meditation one creates the needed spiritual keys to the higher levels of consciousness called heaven. These spiritual keys is vibrational resonace keys that will functions as passwords to the higher level of consciousness and in the process of soul ascending. Its through meditation one change the physical beta brain waves to other brain wave state that will change the inner vibrational state of mind and unzip the sealed chakras and then activating new higher dna strands.

One can´t access other dimensions with beta brain waves, in same way the ego can´t access state of Oneness. The ego is beta brain waves, so one need to stilling, lowering, quitening and emptying the mind of beta brain waves. The ego is what´s keeping humankind in the one dimensional reality controlled by one low vibrtaional frequency. The ego therefor using fear-frequency and fear can´t access higher levels of consciousness. So one need to overcome this fear programming of the mind to ascending higher levels of knowledge.

We are in a sense rearranging our consciousness so that our sensitivity is no longer rooted in fear. The ideal is to use the cues so that there is a shift beyond our own ego needs into a higher consciousness. We no longer focus on the details concerning the flight but release the fear by shifting to a flow state of peace.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

Evidence from throughout ancient history and even before, telling us that consciousness and intelligence are separate entities. Further, there is evidence that consciousnen travels outside of the body, traversing the barriers between life and death; between dark and light; between the past, present, and future; and even between otheedimensional realities.

What did the ancients know that we do not Why are we not always at the height of our awareness! Why at times throughout human existence did wine civilizations seem to have great technologies and an inside track on infinite being? How did they know, for instance, how to create technologies for the distribution of power, for atomic processes, for utilizing harmonic to change the fabric of creation! How did the ancients know about alchemy, such as the manufacturing of monatomic gold in the form of white powder that could be ingested, thereby introducing a conducive material into the physical body that would heighten conscious awareness? Why was knowledge of this rite and other secrets limited to pharaohs, priests, kings, and wise men! What was hidden from the people at large?

Exactly the same informafion that was taught to select apprentices at the mystery schools: access to higher consciousness led to altered and Infinite reality. What the ancients left behind was every key that we need to know about who we are and what we are capable of Once we have a grasp of the concepts the ancients left for us, we can learn how to apply them to this now.

For instance, when do people begin to realize that the possibilities of life are much greater than they had previously imagined! Is there an impetus, a moment in time, or some vast or tiny change inside of them that flips switches of awareness?

Is this an individual happening, or does it occur across the populous of the planet? Does consciousness actually expand, or do we just reconnect with it? Does our consciousness have anything to do with our creative processes? Do we create our own realities, or do we just live in the realities that we find ourselves in? Do we have the power to change our realities as individuals or as groups? Is there a time when consciousness evolves and awareness becomes keener? If so, are we affected physically? Do our brains change in response?

Does our DNA have some special coding or instruction contained within it that instigates or responds to higher awareness under certain circumstances? Does intelligence make us more consciously aware? Does conscious awareness make us more intelligent? Are there signs of impending awareness expansion, and if so, how can we recognize them? Inherently, we are created to seek our source, to reconnect with our divinity, and yet in the current world condition, many of us feel empty, unfulfilled, even lost. We aren’t even sure of what we believe because there is so much information available to us. We grasp at the tried and true, or we become immersed in religion, hoping that it will fulfill us, or we try every esoteric practice that comes along.

Inside, we feel a need to return home, but we can’t seem to remember where home is. We want to feel emotional expansion to the depths of our being, but we have covered our emotions for so long that we aren’t even sure how emotions do feel. We confuse our emotions with our mental perceptions and make our way rationally through our limiting thoughts. We seem to forget that we are capable of great depths of emotional experience. We become unhappy, dissatisfied, and bored, succumbing to the idea that this must be all there is. How sad is that? What if we realized that it is all simple? We can. We can find that we are everything that we seek and that everything we seek also seeks us. What if we realized that we are capable of creating whatever reality we want, anytime, anywhere? What if we didn’t just know we could? What if we did?

The ancients knew these secrets, and now you will too. The con-sciousness of change is a very real state of being. It is not a gimmick. We don’t have to buy anything. We already are the change! The consciousness of change is our sense beyond our five physical senses, and it is even greater than our intermittent sixth sense. The con-sciousness of change leaps into the universal construct as our seventh sense. Our seventh sense is infinitely aware, even though we may not be conscious of that awareness. But what if we were? What are we missing? How can we open the door to our seventh sense, so that we can take advantage of all that creation has to offer us?

This is the key to the greatest need. Prayer is not a matter of words or outer forms, but an aware-ness of consciousness, right-directed, spiritually guided positive thinking! Your personal transformation comes from knowing deep within that each and every human being is far more than a physical body, and that the essence of being human includes the ability to think and feel, to possess a higher consciousness, and to know that there is an intelli-gence engaging the entire universe. Yob are able to tap into that invisi-ble part of you, to use your mind in any manner that you choose, and to recognize that this is your essential humanity. Your humanness—soul, pure and perfect—is not a form or body at all, but something infinitely more Divine. So before you changed your friends; before you changed your clothes; before you changed your name; before you changed your place of worship; and before you changed your mind—you were an idea in the mind of God. You are still a soul with a body rather than a body with a soul. You are not a human being having a spiritual experience, but rather a spiritual being having a human experience.

When you understand the truth about life and the source of your being, about who you are, where you come from, where you are going, and what God is, you are freel Free from all preconceived notions, free from the ways of the world. You experience wholeness. You achieve a break-through to a new spiritual awareness. However, there are essential ele-ments—mental “shifts” —that must be understood to experience an ever-increasing spiritual awareness. They can be considered steps to-ward personal fulfillment. Take them up, one by one, and incorporate them into your daily life. You must shift from one state of mind to a higher one.

A shift from fear to faith is a shift from outer to inner, from worrying about the circumstances around you to a calm, quiet inner awareness that the Creator “is in His glory and all is right with the world.” The great enemy of happiness and achievement is, and always has been, fear—fear of failure, fear of rejection, fear of criticism, fear of poor health, fear of not measuring up to the expectations of others, and so on. When we are fearful, we become tense and uptight. As a result, our mental faculties shut down. We do and say things that under normal conditions we would never say. But when we increase our faith and turn our problems over to a higher power, miraculously, everything seems to take care of itself. We begin to “lay up our treasures in heaven.”

We recognize that God is our source of supply; “He is sufficient unto today.” We become conscious of our strengths more so than our weaknesses. Faith was the great characteristic of the Master. The word was constantly on his lips: “According to thy faith be it unto you”;”Thy faith has made thee whole”;”Thy faith has saved thee.” Faith believes; doubt fears. Faith creates; doubt destroys. Faith opens the door to all things desirable in life; doubt closes it. Faith excites and arouses our creative forces. It cracks open the door of ability. Faith is the Divine messenger sent to guide men and women blinded by doubt and trepidation. The individual who cannot see the Designer behind the design, who does not see Infinite Intelligence behind all creation, cannot possess the sublime faith that buoys up great achievement. No one can rise higher than his or her faith. We have within us every moment of our lives the potential for greatness. Suffering builds character, character builds faith, and faith will prove itself in the end!

Hope is the raw material with which you build success. Hope crystallizes into faith, faith into determination, and determination into action. Hope springs eternal from your imagination, from your dreams of a better world, a better life, a better tomorrow. But throughout all the mystical teachings, the keynote to harmony has been “Do you believe?” The world is full of people who are hoping and praying that things turn out okay. The Bible states the same proposition this way: “According to your faith [belief] it is done unto you.” To put it another way, you do not necessarily believe what you see but you see what you believe. When you develop a deep-seated belief or conviction that you will obtain your desires, you activate forces and powers that pull you toward your goals and your goals toward you.

The shift from fear to faith is a shift from outer to inner, this is shift from the external outer ego to the inner divine higher self, it is a shift in from outer fear based frequuncy to inner love based frequency within the heart. The ego will work to prevent this progress and deny the knowing the inner real higher divine self. Therefore one need to pierce the vei. of ignorance and this is done through spiritual knowledge and practice as yoga and meditation. Fear is the component that´s prevents visions and foresight becaus eits blocks new information to be in action and create spiritual transformation.

The soul does not direct Man in any way — it merely savours the ramifications of Man’s choices. Man is free to choose his own path; in fact that is his destiny and his role on earth. The way he navigates the challenges and hurdles of life is the manner in which he sculpts his own soul-dimension. Choices that enhance the growth of the soul will sculpt the soul-dimension in one manner, while choices that impede its growth will sculpt it in a different manner. Man’s role is to discover and experience and by so doing, sculpt his soul-dimension. The soul does not feel. The soul is ‘merely’ a faithful ‘mirror’ and recorder of our personal history; a history laden with feeling and emotion. Man needs to understand that his essence is his soul and not his body. His body is merely a transient vessel through which his soul is able to experience and learn. Each incarnation is through a different body and each of those bodies has a different prognosis for life. The reason the soul exists is that it is the natural emergence from Man. It does not exist because Man or another entity willed it into existence.

When we commit ourselves to pray or meditate on a regular basis for just ten minutes a day, we will soon increase our vibrations. This oneness with the God Force will open the link between our higher selves and us when we (our bodies) vibrate at a much higher and stronger vibration. The increased vibrations will cause the crown chakra on top of our heads to open. Linked to and surrounding the crown chakra is the thousand-petal lotus flower. In the beginning, as the vibrations increases slowly, the stronger flow will allow more light and power and the like to be siphoned, from the soul into us, through our open crown chakra.

Regular meditation and prayer will help to open this chakra much quicker, and it will also stay open for a longer period. The light and power, together with God’s love and blessings, will then flow quicker and more strongly down to us. The increased power will keep the links between our soul and us open, and the connection between the spirit world and us would be much quicker and smoother.

Lack of knowledge generates fear for the unknown.

People’s fear of the unknown, or of being deceived, causes them to create a bather between themselves and the real world of Spirit and that real imagination is the doorway into the etheric world and higher realms. Esoteric studies show that the four-fifths of the brain man is known not to use — the cerebrum — houses our higher mind and is the database for higher consciousness. The more we tune to, and use, the higher mind through techniques such as visualization, the easier it becomes to create the reality we desire and access our Divine Blueprint.

By using the ritual of visualization and the white light energy, we bring into operation a super-conscious mind and, when used in meditation, this mind creates a real world which is inspirational or tranquil, depending on the images accessed. If practiced regularly, this experience then spills into our everyday waking reality.

The essence of spiritual development is that we need to build a bridgehead between the Soul and the personality to establish communication between the Soul and its lower vehicle. This bridgehead is called the Antakarana in Sanskrit and is described as a channel along which the energy of the Soul flows with ever increasing force into the energy vortices of the body known as chakras. In average man, only five per cent of the soul’s energies are available to him, but through the practice of meditation, he begins to establish a bridgehead, to build the Antakarana or Jacob’s ladder.

Symbolically speaking, chakras are cosmic banks. Every real effort that we make, every effort that has a right motive, whether it is successful or not, brings a deposit of some record inside these chakras. So when succeeding lives come, when we reincarnate, the qualities we have deposited in these chakras are quickly restored to us and we reach that same level of achievement that we had reached in the previous life. In each life, we start off with the rewards gained in previous lives, because every act of Atma, Buddhi and Manas (which represent the qualities of the Higher Triad: Will, Love-wisdom, and Active Intelligence) is a sparkling jewel placed in these cosmic banks. Likewise, in those lives that lie ahead, these cosmic banks are available to us. When sufficient development has taken place in these chakras, man awakens to a new awareness of himself and of the world which was not present before the awakening and which is beyond the range of detection of his physical senses.

`The superconscious mind is far more clever and resourceful than you can possibly imagine. If it is headed off in one direction, it is not discouraged and does not give up, for it knows that there are ten thousand other ways to achieve a desired goal. If, through your own thoughts and preconceptions, you try to tell the superconscious mind how to do its work, you will only limit its options and restrict the magic which can unfold.

Your life is your journey of your mind’s inward gaze into the wisdom of the heart and through this knowledge to experience the awakening process of unity and non-duality, to uncover and follow the inner urges and the longings of your heart and to become your best spiritually.

True knowledge is realization of divinity that is within each one of us. True tranquility is that of mind anchored in the spiritual heart.

HEART IS THE CENTER OF UNIVERSE
(Awakening the infinite potential of your heart)

“The heart of the scriptures is not the fleshy heart. It is the mysterious divine substance which is sentient, which feels, which is filled with sublime sentiments and higher emotions, and which is the seat of the Lord:’

This spiritual Heart Center is the fountainhead of all human emotions. Sometimes we try hard to listen to the silent language of the heart. The heart is the only divine antenna and through its electro-magnetic field it is directly connected to the morphogenetic field of universal intelligence, and to each and every living organism. Its conscious pulsations can be monitored, directed, and sent at will to any-and everybody on this planet and beyond. It takes a highly spiritual and transformed human being to know and tune into the potencies and the mysteries of the heart.

The heart is the most powerful cosmic antenna having the ability to receive or remit messages around the world instantly, faster than the speed of light. The heart is the seat of intuitive wisdom, the conduit to Universal intelligence and the fountainhead of all emotions. Through the heart you are instantly connected to this invisible power and energy, infinite in scale and magnitude.

The heart contains the most powerful inner force that must be reckoned with; it is an unlimited source of passion, creativity and inspiration. Real adventure begins from the heart. It is where you decode the purpose of your life on this planet, and it is where real transformation happens. The heart has the ability to develop control over sense organs; it is where you re-illuminate your love and your relationships in your life. It is the direct link to the universal birthing cradle of the cosmos . . . it is where you have the capacity to be instantly in touch with anybody or everybody in the world. It is where you experience unimaginable bliss and ecstasy. The thoughts that are imbued with the energy from the heart are more powerful and have the capacity to change anything in this world.

The power to create beauty, power to create infinite wealth, power to heal, power to manifest anything you desire; these all lay dormant in your heart, and you hold the key to unlock your potential. Once you understand it, and you have tried and decoded the message from your heart and start putting faith in this invisible source of energy, a tremendous transformation will take place in your life. Your life will change . . . you will know and understand that there is nothing impossible in this world.

Nobility of intention is not a product of the mind or intellect. Nor is it a mechanical process, or a product of the machine. It is also not a numbers thing, or a random theory of isolated occurrence, or some fate or destiny. It is directly connected to the source of the heart. It is connected to the source of the Universe where things emanate from nothing. Therein hides the greatest source of energy, infinite in nature. That energy makes it possible for some people to be capable of doing thing that are impossible for others to do.

All of us have to find our center, our own Heart Center, as everything and everybody in this world is centered in the heart. There is no other world and no other life than this. We are the God living in our own heart. We need to own up to ourselves by getting anchored in the purity of our own heart. We need to anchor ourselves in this new consciousness, deep within our hearts, creating a new kind of thinking, based on compassion, generosity, empathy and self-less service, responsive to the challenges of the new age. And it all starts from the heart. Life should not be measured by the number of breaths we take but by the number of moments we live from our Heart Center, with harmony, peace and serenity . . . and this is no secret!

Heart is the seat of Consciousness. We have the power within us to awaken and reshape our minds.

The consciousness that governs the heart chakra is that of unconditional love which is pure and multidimensional in nature

Visioning, or visual foresight is a spiritual ability or a spiritual gift.

Ability to see in the future

“The past is consumed in the present and the present is living only because it brings forth the future.”

Your consciousness needs to be awakened enough to allow you to see profound spiritual truths. No one can awaken your consciousness except you. It is the individual soul’s job to do the work, research, study, and experience in order to strengthen your soul essence. This means not following the masses, but breaking away from the collective to find your personal soul path.

A raised vibration coupled with life experiences helps in awakening your consciousness. When your consciousness is awakened, then you view Earthly life with a broader perception.

Your vibration is made up of undetectable cells to the human eye, but visible to the spiritual eye. It is an invisible energy field that exists within the DNA of your soul, aura, and physical body.

Paranormal Powers:

Research has found that when the Theta — Delta frequency pattern is held, the following attributes are evident in a person’s life. These attributes are sometimes classified as paranormal powers that can be seen as:-

• Pre-cognition — the ability to sense what is about to occur;
• Telepathy — the ability to pick up unspoken mental-plane communications;
• Bi-location — the ability to be in two places at once, or to send a holographic projection of oneself somewhere else;
• Clairsentience and empathy — the ability to sense or feel what others are feeling;
• Clairvoyance — the ability to see between the worlds with our third eye;
• The ability to heal through touch or over distances plus much more.

The Theta — Delta pattern is the home of our latent paranormal abilities and when accessed allows our inner resources of Divine Nutrition to flow. In the metaphysical world, which power/s a person has often depends on the role they have agreed to play in the cycles of human evolution. When the Theta and the Delta brain wave patterns are sustained not only does the veil go down between the conscious and subconscious mind allowing reprogramming of the whole bio-system in a more effective way, but we also begin to tap into other realms of reality, where issues like the following become more real for us:

• Divine radiance — where we can increase or decrease our auric emanations so that our presence nourishes others in a healthy way.
• Divine intentions — where we understand the power of our intentions and will in co-creation and use them with wisdom for the good of all and are hence supported by powerful and nourishing universal forces.
• Divine guidance — access to an inner plane system of reliable help.
• Divine prosperity — access to all the abundance we need to be fulfilled on all levels.
• Divine transmissions — the ability to enjoy two way communications with beings who are permanently anchored in the Theta — Delta field and to do so via empathic or telepathic means.
• Divine co-creation — the ability to, and action of, creating in a way that stimulates and releases the highest potentialities into manifestation.
• Divine Grace is an inexplicable energy that is incredible to experience, Grace is the oil that smoothes the way in life.
• Divine communication — communion with the God within and the inner plane Holy Ones
⦁ Divine manifestation — the ability to recognize the will of the Creator and to manifest according to the Divine Plan’s current agenda which is our conscious co-creation of paradise on Earth.
⦁ Divine bliss — true emotional, mental and spiritual nourishment.
⦁ Divine nutrition as in pranic feeding and the freedom it brings and
⦁ Divine revelation — the zone of true knowing beyond limited perceptions and realities. The above are some of the benefits that come from accessing the Divine Nutrition Channel

Developing our visual foresight amplifies our powers to envision new and more complex goals – goals that reach further out into the future. Even if we simply engage in speculative visioning about the future, with no thought as to what practical or personal relevance such visioning entails, we nourish our imaginative powers. We expand the universe of our mind. Further, by enriching our minds with new possibilities and expanding the psychological space in which we think, we increase our mental and potential behavioral freedom. Exercising foresight builds the power of imagination and enhancing the power of imagination expands the human mind.

Another feature of future consciousness that is connected with imagination and creativity is possibility thinking. As noted above, envisioning the future is not limited to one possible reality. Although many people envision only one possibility when they imagine the future, perhaps because they believe in fate or fatalistic determinism, or have a great need for security, one can with minimal effort entertain all different types of possible futures. Are we headed toward an amazing new world or are we headed toward disaster? Will computers de-humanize us, or will they bring us together? Will we travel into space? Will we colonize the stars? Or will we remain earthbound? Will life disappoint us, or will we realize our dreams? We may be limited to one definite present reality or past, but when we turn our mind to the future, the universe unfurls into many possible trajectories. We deal with multiple and alternative possibilities, rather than singular, definite facts. Possibility thinking, which is only limited by our creative imagination, facilitates open-mindedness and mental flexibility.

Summary: Cognitive Processes of Future Consciousness

Empirical Observation and Perception: The ability to perceive the environment and understand observable facts or patterns of facts.

Memory and Learning: The acquisition of knowledge and development of mental representations based upon perception and interaction with the environment.

Imagination:The ability to create mental images and hypothetical “perceptual like” realities in our minds.

Foresight: The ability to imagine or envision the future.

Goal Setting: The ability to identify and conceptualize goals of action.

Possibility Thinking: The ability to imagine and conceptualize multiple or alternative hypothetical future realities.

Scenario Building: The activity of imagining and describing detailed, complex, and realistic hypothetical future realities.

Language and Symbolism: The ability to represent reality and communicate through a symbolic system of abstractions.

Thinking: A conscious mental activity of information processing and the creation and manipulation of Ideas, often involving an internal dialogue.

Critical Thinking: The ability to apply principles of Thinking sound and valid reasoning to logical inference, the comparison and evaluation of different points of view, and the development and expression of theories and hypotheses; thinking about thinking—the opposite of egocentric thinking.

Open-Mindedness and Creativity: The ability to be flexible. to evaluate with fairness other points of view besides one’s own view, and to be receptive to ideas that are different from standard beliefs. The production of novel Ideas, inventions, and behaviors.

Problem Solving: A form of thinking where some solution or answer to a question, problem, or challenge is identified and successfully enacted.

Decision Making: The ability to make a choice among alternative goals and courses of action and follow through on the choice.

Planning: The ability to construct a hypothetical series of connected actions that lead to the realization of an identified goal.

Hypothetical Thinking: The ability to imagine. think about, and evaluate possibilities.

Holistic Insight: The ability to understand the “big picture”—to see how the details of a situation fit together—frequently experienced in a rather sudden flash of comprehension.

Wisdom: Integrative and expansive temporal consciousness applied to present and future challenges and problems

The Holistic Nature of Future Consciousness

Perception, emotion, motivation, purposeful behavior, learning, and higher cognitive abilities all contribute to future consciousness. Our consciousness of the future is multi-dimensional. Further, these psychological processes interact in creating and supporting future consciousness. The components of future consciousness form an interdependent and interactive whole. As one important example of interaction among different psychological processes involved in future consciousness, I have already described some of the ways that thinking in general, and thinking about the future in particular, both influences and is influenced by motivation and emotion.

The holistic nature of future consciousness reflects the holistic nature of the human psyche. The fundamental dimensions of human psychology, including thought, emotion, motivation, behavior, and self-identity, form a reciprocal system. Each capacity is a relatively distinct psychological reality, yet they are all clearly interdependent and form a unified whole.

Acting on the future proactively alters one’s self-identity. The future is a challenge, necessarily involving an element of risk and uncertainty, and when people meet challenges rather than running from them, they increase their self-confidence and self-esteem. Expanded foresight, goal setting, planning, and goal-directed behavior give a person a sense of increased control and self-empowerment. Developing one’s capacity to think about the future – to identify and seize opportunities and tackle challenges – improves one’s self-image and self-confidence.

There is an integrative dimension of future consciousness. Raising our awareness of the future teaches us that nothing exists in isolation, and that we must learn to look at the whole and not just some individual part or slice of reality.

Though thinking about the future expands our consciousness, it also brings the abstract down to earth; it personalizes our world. If science, technology, business, or world ecology changes, what impact will such transformations have on our lives? We often fail to notice in the present how big events set the tone of our existence. Yet if we were to alter the fundamental parameters of our civilization, it would be much more apparent how we are connected to the grander scheme of things. Imagine a world transformed and then imagine oneself in it. Significant worldwide developments in the future, such as the pervasive application of genetic technology to medicine, reproduction, and food production will impact our personal lives in numerous ways.” Thinking about how the world may change in the future connects us to our world.

Expanding our future consciousness stimulates us into considering how changes in our world are going to impact us and what we need to do to take advantage of these changes.

We are being bombarded with information, choices, belief systems, and possibilities. Many believe we are going through an epochal reorganization and evolution of human civilization, unparalleled since the time of the Industrial Revolution.

Some believe modern Western civilization is crumbling.”‘ Some see advancing technology as a boom, ready to finally realize humanity’s oldest dreams of a paradise on earth;'” some see human technology as a scourge on the earth, about to collapse under its own hubris and wastefulness and perhaps bring the whole earthly ecosystem down with it.'” There is the clash, reflective of an ongoing disagreement running back through human history, over stability and conservatism versus change and innovation.

Should we anchor ourselves to the past and to tradition, or should we embrace what is new and different?”‘ All these perspectives vie for our attention and allegiance. There is, in fact, an ongoing struggle over the future, as Postrel notes, embodied In these various philosophies and perspectives, occurring both in the public arena and in our individual minds.”

‘ The future is undecided, confusing, and open to debate. Humanity is in a battle over the future. Our minds are in a battle over what to believe and what to do. Because of the great turmoil and historical significance associated with our age, it Is absolutely necessary to bring some mental order and understanding to the present chaos and complexity of our times, to see the main pieces of the puzzle and the pattern of it all, to evaluate the different viewpoints, theories, and possibilities, and to gain some sense of direction for tomorrow. In particular, given the diverse views regarding the future, it is important to find a balance between openness to different ideas and principled standards for evaluating these various ideas.

It is essential to develop an informed, proactive, comprehensive, and integrative perspective on what is happening around us and where all these changes may lead. From the previous review of psychological dimensions of future consciousness, It is clear that we need to develop our critical thinking capacities, our decision and problem solving abilities, our sense of realistic optimism and self-efficacy, an evolving sense of self, and various virtues and character strengths to flourish and achieve direction in our complex, fast paced world. Perhaps most of all we need wisdom. Yet we face a challenge. According to many writers, our conscious sense of the future is narrowing and weakening. We are becoming lost and forlorn in an overpowering present.

Hence, although there are various arguments and social and psychological indications that future (and past) consciousness is regressing in contemporary times, there are contrary and more general indications that our consciousness of both space and time has been steadily growing throughout history. So which is it? Is future consciousness in humanity expanding or diminishing? The answer is probably both. Consider, as writers such as Reading and Christopher Lasch in his Culture of Narcissism point out, that in times of uncertainty or pessimism over the future, people tend to focus more on the present and short term pleasures. Also people become more self-centered and cynical and retreat to the past or into the occult. If Postmodernism destroyed the credibility of the Western vision of progress, as many have argued, then the “morale” (or social equivalent of hope) in the general population has deteriorated; at least in the West, there is no common purpose or sense of direction. There are too many different possibilities, both good and bad; there is no single unifying credible image of the future. Also, growing up and living in a period of flux and uncertainty, without a sense of trust and stability, seems to retard the development of future consciousness.

The future is a vast arena of possibilities – the present is here and gone. Unless one is fatalistic and believes in pre-determination the future is the only arena of existence over which we have any practical influence or control. To whatever degree we can guide the future in a constructive and informed way we will benefit ourselves, and all others, who are affected by our actions. We all can become better informed on the topic of the future.

Becoming better informed on the future involves learning about present trends and future possibilities and the main theories, challenges, and controversies regarding the future. We all can improve our thinking capacities about the future. Enhancing one’s thinking capacities about the future involves improving one’s abilities to imagine new possibilities for tomorrow, to more thoughtfully compare and evaluate different possibilities and alternative theories of the future, to synthesize information and ideas on the future, and to more clearly define values and preferred directions for tomorrow.

We can expand our capacities for wisdom and integrative thought. These various capacities need to be applied both to the world around us and self-reflectively to ourselves We all can improve our abilities to constructively guide and create the future. Improving one’s ability to create and guide the future means becoming better at applying futurist understanding and thinking to the active and often inventive process of participating in the development of the future. It means connecting thought with behavior – theory with application. Constructively influencing the future also involves motivational, attitudinal, and emotional factors, for we need to be inspired, optimistic, and visionary if we are to successfully direct the evolution of our lives.

In summary and conclusion, it would be helpful to list the various benefits connected with the development of future consciousness and some of the different ways to further develop future consciousness.

Benefits of Enhancing Future Consciousness

• Improves imagination, creativity, and flexibility.
• Fosters mental health.
• Improves higher-order cognitive abilities, especially planning, problem solving, critical thinking skills, and integrative understanding.
• Raises self-consciousness.
• Expands mental and behavioral freedom.
• Expands consciousness.
• Can work against depression, fear, apathy, and perceived helplessness.
• Gives meaning, purpose, and hope to life.
• Brings greater self-control over one’s life.
• Brings greater coherence to the self.
• Is highly adaptive, especially in a world of rapid change – maximizes the chances of survival and thriving in the future.
• Facilitates the development of courage and wisdom.
• Can improve ethical thinking and character.
• Expands philosophical understanding and cosmic consciousness.

Ways to Develop Future Consciousness

• Challenge existing habitual beliefs about the future.
• Brainstorm on alternative visions and beliefs about the future.
• Become familiar with many diverse visions of the future, both from the sciences and the humanities.
• Challenge existing habitual beliefs about one’s ability to influence the future.
• Clarify and assess your life plans and goals and imaginatively and critically consider alternative possibilities.
• Clarify and assess your self-narrative and imaginatively and critically consider alternative views of who you are, what you can accomplish, and where you are heading.
• Learn about history and especially long term trends that are continuing in the present.
• Learn to tolerate better, if not appreciate, the uncertainties and adventure of life – be willing to take calculated risks at times – don’t be ruled by security and safety.
• Learn the psychological practices and techniques for enhancing optimism.
• Learn the psychological practices and techniques for enhancing thinking skills, visualization and imagination, and creativity.

In conclusion, future consciousness involves a fundamental set of normal psychological abilities and attitudes. Throughout our history, future consciousness has evolved, and there are many ways to facilitate its further development. It is of great value, personally and collectively, to pursue this continued evolution. Whether one is abstract or concrete, ethereal or pragmatic, cosmic or personally focused in attitude and inclination, future consciousness energizes, enriches, and benefits the total human mind. The future is both a very practical concern and a mind-expanding cosmic adventure in creativity and imagination. Future consciousness includes visual foresight, goal setting, planning, critical thinking, decision making, problem solving, ethics, and character virtues, and, most broadly, the multi-faceted capacity of wisdom. Future consciousness is also connected to the emotional, motivational, and personal dimensions of the human mind.

Our psychological health – our sense of hope, optimism, adventure, and self-efficacy – is intimately connected with future consciousness. Future consciousness is holistic and impacts all aspects of human psychology. The study of the future fosters intellectual synthesis and the development of higher cognitive processes; it helps us think about and understand the grand and interactive scheme of things. Future consciousness connects us to our world and all of humanity, present and future generations included, both cognitively and ethically. Future consciousness transforms us philosophically and spiritually. Given the scope and speed of change in our contemporary world, it is absolutely necessary that we continue to develop our future consciousness. There are many different reasons why we should further evolve our future consciousness. It is an issue of survival, of mental health, and of transformation and transcendence.

The whole principle of the Psychology of the New Consciousness is the raising of all existential energies to higher levels of intensity until the stage arrives when all these energies are transmuted by a new rhythm acting from above and below. And this development will not stop short at the gates of material existence, for our body, no less than the higher and more subtle dimensions of being, will also participate in the breakthrough of the New Consciousness.

The starting point for the material transformation. One of the first effects of this inner psychological dynamism is to cause the brain-bound thinking to open up to greater mental expanses, to achieve perception of a growing intensity of light which flows into the brain structure. There. it causes a clarification and cleansing of the nerves, liberating them from the darker and more violent currents and eddies of unregenerated nature. The body cells become permeated by a light which illumines even the body’s physical expression to give it an aura of lightness, purity, clarity and loving peace. This process goes hand in hand with an expansion of awareness and a development of the complementary psycho-physical energy currents in the body.

And this awareness is also accompanied by an increasing capacity for conscious individual evolution which more and more liberates the human being from bondage to unconsciousness in body and life and from the tyranny of mental conceptions. He enters into a higher evolution of his soul and spirit and approaches supramental perfection. All this is brought about by the sours trust in its own divinity, by its expression and revelation in a conscious experience which -banishes the mind’s meaningless rigid rationality and reveals the all-encompassing meaning in all things. Life becomes simple. full of light. joyful, unburdened, happy. And the body also participates in this happiness, lightness, serenity. light, love and power. It can become joyful, full of light and love when it responds to the soul. And if it is not tyrannised, the body can respond in a simple and trusting way to receive ever more of the New Consciousness, awaken to the new vibration and express it in matter. Oppression by the narrow reason and the egoistic instincts of life have injected into the body a profound distrust of itself.

The anti-body attitude of religion and moral teachings have contributed their share. But all these are mere opinions, rigid mental formations which cannot exist in the presence of the Soul Light. When we entrust ourselves to it, the body will also awake to its Divinity, to its Truth. The wonderful new lifestyle in the new communities, the Cities of Transformation, will allow mind, life and body to free themselves -simultaneously. The new lifestyle will no longer tolerate the imposition of order via suppression and rigidification. True order will come from an inner truth, an inner agreement based on a unification in the depths of our being. We and everyone else will be accepted for what we truly are, so that everyone will have the opportunity to express their full divinity.

This new world will have nothing to do with breaking human beings or moulding them into conformity, because they will be totally accepted. An inner law of inmost truth will ensure that totality and rightness prevail. Thus will every human being be encouraged to live his wholeness and rightness. Within this atmosphere of bust and expansiveness, the body will quickly learn to develop its wholeness and rightness. And precisely because of its materiality, which has been damned so often, the body will give life its ultimate beauty and concreteness.

Wben all fear of self-expression and self-knowledge is gone. for the two are one since the body becomes aware of itself through action, it will attain a physical security and experiential certainty that it is not separated from the universe but is a homogenous component of the entire cosmos. Wthin material experience, the body will develop and embody an immense bust. Nature and man will be nourished by a new force which formerly was beyond his reach. When the power of trust flows In the body. in the cells. nerves and organs, then the surroundings also echo a new material response. The fear of nature withdraws and a joyful encounter results, a perfect material expression of an experience which has long been possible for the mind.

And the body opens itself out to the experience of its divinity, it learns to recognise itself as pure divine substance. And wherever this experience comes to dwell, the shadow of death retires into the background, withdrawing increasingly from the body’s awareness which is at the same time increasingly able to maintain itself in an endless sea of energy, the unbound energy of Shakti — Consciousness Force. Death is the egoism of matter. When it disappears, it dissolves into its true form of deathless energy.

Thus, when the body loses its fear and forgets death in a fully material way by living without the vibrations of fear and dissolution —it experiences itself more and more as a flexible receiver, maintainer and generator of this unlimited energy. To the degree that it becomes conscious of the supramental force streaming into it, it can acquire the means of receiving this energy current which flows through it in ever more abundant measure. It is the same current which streams through sun and planets. Under direct supramental influence, the body leams how to dissolve all obstacles still standing between itself and the universal energy. A direct flow of supramental energy occurs from soul to body without any bypaths through the realms of life and mind. It can receive ever greater quantities of energy in its soul, brain and body. This growing perfection of the body and its increasing capacity to receive ever greater quantities of unbound energy and its manifold expressions is the whole goal of material evolution.

As this perfection of the body progresses, the meeting of the complementary psycho-physical energies of the male and female will be followed by the experiencing of a material nerve current. It is an electrical energy bound to the body and moving in a complete cycle liberated from all hinderances so that it becomes totally effective.

When this cycle of nerve currents flows unhindered, the north pole (earth side) and south pole (spirit side) of the body, Pratistha and Karana, are connected in an infinite loop. Warmth, light and electricity — Tejas — flow along this cycle in the bodily substance —Retas. Since this cycle has an evolutionary trend, its strength depends on the body consciousness so that right at the beginning the qualities of warmth, light and electricity are still latent in Retas — the bodily substance. If the body consciousness is raised to give rise to greater amounts of inflowing energy and an enhanced capacity to store and emit this energy, then the body is more intensively stimulated. The first thing which is produced is heat or Tapas. This is why the Indian yogic methods for enhancing energy by self-discipline are called Tapas or Tapasya, because they produce stimulating warmth, a -source of powerful action and success.

The next thing to happen is that light is created — the primal Tejas — the energy which stands at the origin of all knowledge. The third stage of development gives rise to electricity — Vidyut — which is the basis for all powerful mental and physical action. Finally, the pure, unbound energy in its highest form — Ojas or Pranashakti — awaits its awakening from electricity in which it lies latent. This highest form of energy is at the same time the most refined form of matter and fills the entire body with physical strength, energy, brain power, pliability and consciousness. This conscious intensification of the nerve currents and excitation of the finest substantial forms in the body structure forms, under the influence of the supramental force, the next step of expression in fine materiality after or while we have grown conscious of the complementary psycho-physical energies in the body. Both types of energy thus link up at a specific point of development, which can vary greatly in individual cases, to give rise to a yet further evolution. It becomes obvious that these two types of energy initially meet in the solar centre, the natural or feminine energy pole.

The progressive handover to the activity of the New Consciousness, the psychological principle, and the increasing liberation of all the soul’s modes of manifestation raises both the energy currents from the solar centre into the heart centre. The supramental force can then act directly from soul to body, giving rise to a new experience in the most material parts of the physical body: the body experiences Soul Conditions directly, i.e. the soul begins to materialise.

The vision of the New World materialises and more and more the body acquires the power of direct materialisation. These new bodily experiences, and it must be repeatedly pointed out that this process of transformation is not subject to a rigid principle. It will find suitable and individual expression in line with the needs and tendencies of each body, of each human being. We may record only a few general lines of development: the principle of an inner handover, transformation of the complementary male-female energies, transformation and intensivation of the nerve currents and their centering in the soul centre.

All this may happen in separation, or simultaneously or successively, but everything follows naturally from the initial inner handover to the supramental powers which influence the soul. At all times, a number of disciplines and rules have existed which were used within certain paths of development to achieve a deification of human nature. But the handover to the force emanating from the Consciousness of Future Man is quite different, being subject to no fixed rules. Everything develops under a direct inner guidance which works from the background as long as the ego is active but which becomes manifest and all-encompassing as soon as the identification with the soul has been achieved. Various methods may be used along the way, in tune with the inner guidance. But the only law is that of evolution itself, the handover. It is the basis for the New Consciousness and the starting point for the emergence of Future Man.

The Supramental Soul causes the Ideal Body, which contains all energies, to flow into the previous body structure. The Ideal Body is thus formed in a more subtle dimension, and at the same time the material body develops further towards the fusion to which the soul is drawing it more and more. We see what an important part of this process the progressive incorporation of the divine principle represents, which is the unification of all energies in a multidimensional Oneness. This principle stands behind the male and female expression, making apparent the importance of a further development of the relationships between people in order to attain this higher at-one-ment.

This transformation is made possible by the complete handover to the intensive activity of the love-wisdom-consciousness force of the Divine Principle.

While the New Body is formed, the eyes — for example — become messengers of light, gates of the soul, mediators and receptors of an inner language of the soul. They can project and receive energy through space and time. The hearing develops into a form of perception which can hear both these aspects of energy of Manifestation (Space and Time). Eye and ear as well as all the other organs and functionings of the body are no longer subordinate instruments of the mental and vital consciousness: the organs themselves develop an intrinsic consciousness, and every organ and every part and cell of the body is filled with the Supramental consciousness. The central principle is no longer the mental or vital consciousness, but the Soul Consciousness.

The brain can transmit new thoughts, no longer self-existent and limited, but carriers of a supramental vibration which has transformed the entire mental field and its different dimensions, the five mental levels, into a continual supramental ladder of ascent. The brain cells become storers of energy, receptors and transmitters of the Consciousness of Truth, the Real Idea. Both halves of the brain develop a similarly individualised and unified reality of consciousness, a synthesis of linear and global aspects.

The limited mental function, the limitation of thoughts, is replaced by a direct supramental vision of the whole and the inner relation of all details to the whole and to every part in the brain cells. This is simultaneously the start of a constant materialisation of new substances or substance vibrations in the body.

A new organ of perception opens out in the back of the head. It can extend over the entire back. The larynx develops the capacity to perceive subtle and acoustic-physical oscillations and their nature. It can increasingly generate the new vibrations, fill the atmosphere with the supramental force and also perceive consciously which vibratory patterns are present in the atmosphere and precisely recognise which of these vibrations are closed, which are open and which belong to the New World.

It is a vast field of oscillations that can be perceived, a field in constant motion. The heart and the inner organs also develop an intense consciousness, a capacity of perception to become channels of communication. Through the physical consciousness centered in the brain, the soul can permeate the whole body with light and force and love, so that it assumes completely new dimensions, a kind of fluid vibration, without losing its form. The heart becomes a material energy point for soul love, a helping force which can have a direct effect on other hearts and other lives.

The hands, arms and legs become energy conductors, transmitters and receivers of the supramental forces. They develop a marked consciousness which allows them to work without the mental will, to move the body. The healing force of the soul streams out through the hands.

A direct contact with the earth takes place through the feet, and a consciousness current flows into the planet so that its emanation is transformed from within. Matter, the very ground itself, acquires a new vibration so that nature and the surroundings of the New Body become increasingly transformed. Blood, nerves and skin become bearers of light-vibrations. The surface of the skin changes to become a differentiated oscillating field of light-consciousness.

Every part of the surface develops its particular capacity for perception, its mode of communication and radiance. The purification and light-permeation of the nerves is one of the first changes to occur, since the nerve paths stand at the boundary between the material and finely-substantial bodies, so that they are the first to open up or extend towards the Ideal Body in the finely substantial medium.

During a certain period of time therefore, both the grossly-material nervous perception and its mode of functioning take place as well as the nervous perceptions in the still unmaterialised finely-substantial body. The blood develops an awareness of freshness, of vitality and perception through light. The bone marrow becomes an intensively radiating battery of light-forces. A part of its light substance can be transferred to the blood vessels of other bodies, the physical heart awakes to a secret consciousness.

All separatedness disappears from the body. The consciousness of the material body can increasingly live in all bodies. The old body fades away to make way for an indescribable new condition which is simultaneously universal and individual. But this transformation is not only experienced by the mental consciousness, but by the body, its organs, cells and forces. The become supramental beings materialised supamental vibrations.

The body also develops a new supramental language, which is so completely different from what we understand mentally as language, that it cannot be described. It is a permanent material-supramental way of being. The body becomes what it sees. Space and Time also change, since we have hitherto seen with mental eyes only. In the materially supramental consciousness, space and time are not separated. Everything collects in the supramental soul, and not the future alone, but also the past is flexible and mutable.

Matter expresses its life in states of soul, thus marking the beginning of complete transformation, a revelation of supramental omni-potence. It is a consciousness in which absolutely no opposition any longer exists between creation and its origin, so that it is capable of a complete self-expression in which whatever it sees becomes manifest. When this change-over in matter first appears, it means no less than the beginning of a New Creation. A new material expression, a new material form and finally also a new material substance are the necessary result of such a change in the Divine Consciousness.

The Soul of Future Man becomes incarnate and matter expresses its life in states of soul. At first in the form of planetary centres, then in growing organisms, in Cities of Transformation and finally in a complete supramental transformation of matter. This will lead to a completed relationship between Body, Universe, Society and Matter. The key lies in the smallest cell.

The New Consciousness affects the mind to produce a growing transparency of all mental dimensions. It is expressed beyond thoughts, in the silence of the mind, which becomes totally translucent for the supramental vibration in utter tranquility.

The Supramental Creation is its simplicity. It is here, it surrounds us and leads us in all conceivable ways into the unknown, but its results are always totally certain. And when we have begun to open ourselves a little to the smiling presence of the supramental consciousness, we quickly recognise how superseded are the old ideas of mental discipline, of Yoga, the thousand methods of mental man, in the light of the new consciousness. What now happens — and we can call it Supramental Yoga — is that a simple self-opening increasingly fills us with a new vibration, easy and straightforward, for the supramental manifestation has taken place, the new vibration oscillates everywhere, around us, above us, in us, below us, by the side of us.

And while we open ourselves up, we rise quite naturally into ever higher and further regions and worlds of the highest consciousness — in serenity and lightness. The New is simpler than the Old. The New Creation is simpler because it is more all-encompassing, broader and greater and thus capable of including all things. This had never been possible before, an incapacity which had obstructed progress in the past. For every progress has its obstacle to overcome, to become a secure fact in the consciousness of the earth. Spirit is infinity, and the highest force of the spirit, the force of the Divine Consciousness.

But every creation by this force will express only a partial potential of this force and its possibilities as long as it is not aiming at consciously revealing the infinite in and through the finite form, a revelation which is the nature of the New Creation. We consequently see an evolutionary universe, we ourselves form a part of this universe, imbued by the principle of evolution. Thus progress in the past has initially been concerned with the liberation of the divine element in its formulation through mind, life and body, and ways and means had been found corresponding to these efforts. The spirit immanent in this threefold formula of creation was liberated from the limitations of these forms, so that a heaven of the beyond, a leap into an indescribable nirvana took place.

The old spirituality had therefore to detach the life of the ego from earthly life and earthly identification and unite with the highest spirit by extinguishing the ego. But since life in the limited formulation of the individual being is, by virtue of its origin, a power of the Divine, of the hidden force of the Divine Consciousness, something unsolved and enigmatic was attached to this extinguishing of life in favour of a beyond. The leap was -possible, but life nonetheless remained stubbornly existent and followed a slow path over tremendous periods of time towards a distant goal. But because the efforts of the past concerned themselves only with the limits set by the mind, life and the body, this secret determination of the universal and individual nature could not be revealed. Life thus came to be seen as an obstacle to spiritual perfection, since it fettered man to the body and to material existence and flooded his mind with the needs of this coarse life, even made him into a slave of nature.

The efforts of the early spiritual disciplines therefore aimed at a twofold detachment of this life nexus: firstly the body was trained to develop capabilities allowing it to become free of the surge of the life forces by the vital nature of man and its constant flow of energies, so that he no longer had to follow the impulses of his vital nature. This fettering of the life forces in the body system was supplemented from the mental side by enabling the mind, by way of a supraconscious -enlightenment, to affect the life forces and finally master them by discipline.

The new or supramental method is based on an evolution of the consciousness beyond the mental and physical limits. The life -forces are then liberated from their fettered state. It is not mind or body which affect the vital nature, but the supramental force and the soul united together in a single divine unity.

Thus the supramental initially forms the mental and teaches it to open itself. This supramentalised mental nature then turns to the life forces. In the same way, the soul from its dimension instructs the body and teaches it self-opening. By means of this self-opening it becomes more and more receptive to the supramental forces, which it receives through the soul, and then turns to the life forces as supramentalised body. When the life forces revolt due to their conservative egoism, the mind does not react with confusion: it understands the problems of the vital nature and passes them on to the supramental which solves the mental problems resulting from the revolt of the vital nature. The body is not shocked by the agitation of the life forces. It is without fear and turns to the soul, which loves the body and gives it suppleness.

The result of this filling of the life forces with peace, joy, bliss and strength is a liberation of all ego-bound forces in a joyful self–opening to the action of the supramental consciousness, the revelation of the Divine consciousness. of the origin of the world, and mind, life and body completely express the Divine through Eternal Youth, Boundless Energy and Immortality. This is the Yoga in the shape of a City, which we can receive, with its strength to redeem the suffering and darkness of life and to open the portals to a New World OF LOVE, FREEDOM, PERFECTION and TRANSFORMATION.

The New Consciousness can both look into and out of this lens. Within it we may see a beautiful, clear landscape with a mountain: an image of the future world.

However, if the body is able, under the direction of the Soul of Future Man, to develop this flexible receptivity with relative ease (assuming that the mind, the reason and the various mental levels are completely free of petrifications and limitations, so that the New Consciousness can enter the soul without hindrance), it must still go through a complete series of far-reaching transformations to ensure a permanent material effect. One of the next experiences may thus be the perception of Supramental Substance as a kind of energy field. And this perception or feeling shifts increasingly to the nervous system itself.

This whole system with its many ramifications becomes an antenna for the -reception of the supramental vibrations. This perception then takes the form of a golden substance which contains seeds or little flames; they are first felt in the back, for numerous nerve strands emanate from the spinal column across the back and through the entire body. Potentially, every cell contains in itself the potentialities of all cells. The various cells are as it were specialised formations of a perfect Master Cell, which bears in itself all possibilities. One of the expressions of this Master Cell is the visual nerve, but the potential of this nerve is also present in every other cell in the body.

Thus when gross matter is permeated more and more by the substance of the New Consciousness under the soul influence, the New World can be stamped more and more onto the body. We can suppose that after a while the body itself begins to assume this new mode of knowing quite spontaneously. It is thus no longer the effect of the New Consciousness through the soul dimension, but a conscious repetition of these new processes by the body structure.

This repetition and reception will proceed step by step in the body. Initially, the subtle-physical shell receives the new forces and adapts itself to them. This is the basis of the psychic-material seeing. But the subtle-physical shell and substance is bound up in its most material parts with the grossly-material nervous system. This is why this system will be the first to respond to the new energies of the supramental world. And again it is the most sensitive and most evolved cells which are the first to make the transition. There are two areas in the general bodily system which are especially sensitive and particularly evolved: the lumbar and spinal region and the head. These areas at the same time represent an evolutionary development.

The entire digestive and alimentary system, the organs of reproduction and the spine possess a sort of bodily nerve intelligence which developed long before the brain evolved to the form we see today. This intelligence and this perception are activated by means of precisely coordinated nerve impulses which give animals and lower life-forms with rudimentary brains an extraordinary precision and an awareness of all vital and survival processes. This awareness is beyond the reach of a highly evolved animal such as man, even with the help of all his science.

The nerve intelligence with its memory reaching back millions of years is, however, an obstacle for higher physical development as long as it remains bound to the mechanical repetitiveness of the old memory. When the nervous system begins to perceive the supramental substance, it may happen that after a further development which prepares the first direct contact between the grossly-material nervous system and the supramental substance, this enters the lower part of the spine (at the tailbone), gradually changes the nerve paths and prepares them for the inflow of the new force. This entry of supramental substance takes place very gently and gives rise to a feeling of sweetness, of weightlessness, of light, of peace and a calm joy in the entire abdominal and spinal regions.

Seen as a whole, this experience takes the following form: The sensitised nerves of the spinal region and of the neck see a golden, vibrating energy field with a gentle radiative force. In this energy field, which seems to have an infinite depth, there hover particles which look like golden seeds or calm flames. This energy field is felt to be located behind the body, and we get the feeling of an all-powerful protection and a tender presence. From this substance is formed a kind of arm or channel which penetrates the body in the lower region of the spine.

This entry is perceived as a kind of immersion. A sweet pressure is felt in the moment when this substance comes into contact with matter. Then a peaceful current begins to spread out in the abdominal region. We can feel and see how all the nerves of this region begin to be affected, so that we seem to be sitting in a bowl which gently raises us. We feel light, are joyful and content. But a consciousness accompanies this feeling. This means that the body does not only feel lightness or satisfaction as before. It also feels and sees the light-in-itself and the consciousness which is contained in this light. This is transformed into the impression that the entire abdominal region becomes transparent, translucent, as if a kind of air current were to remove all blocks or any pollution and darkness from this region and its organs.

At the same time as this golden bowl, which streams its forces over the body, is formed, we also see and feel how a golden tongue begins to move from this same entry point in the spine, along the spine and up into the brain. This movement or inpouring is also gentle and very loving, accompanied by a wonderful perception of sweetness. This ascending tongue is somewhat larger than the spine and surrounds it with a warm, golden radiance. When the substance has risen as far as the head, it spreads out like a leaf, pours through the brain and covers the head. This experience is not identical with what is known as the awakening of the Kundalini. It is the contact with a new dimension of divine consciousness, which has not been often recorded before.

A connecting channel is formed from the golden substance to the lower region of the spine. From there, this substance extends like two golden tongues into the nerves of the abdominal region, along the spine, into the brain and over the head.

The effect of this contact with the new forces in the nervous system is a preparation for the continued development of the brain, which being an organ of a higher stage of evolutionary development, becomes a new centre of action.

Soul of Future Man and the initial preparation of the lower nerve system, the brain function begins to change or expand to a new mode of being. It is the starting point for the materialisation of the New World.

We thus approach a world which is no longer a three-dimensional world of objects and living beings. It is a four-dimensional state in which matter, substance and energy have become a unified consciousness, in which the Soul of Future Man grows and which is at the same time contained in the soul. The entire panorama of the future forms the material of the Soul of Future Man. It is the key to all-power, for a new creation can be embodied through this soul. And the energy of this omnipotence is love. Allencompassing love which can be materialised and so makes the entire universe into an expression, a materialisation of love. For this reason the supramental power is woven of love. The world will initially appear as a multitudinous flowing energy field. Even solid objects no longer seem to be solid. Rather do we perceive the principle or the relative consciousness which stands behind every particular energy formation.

AS soon as the awareness and Soul of Future Man begin to manifest in the first individuals, a new physical reality is revealed to these nascent Future Men and allows them to serve as magnets and points of attraction for the further development, concretisation and materialisation of the new forces. This power of cohesion and synthesis is based on the increasing materialisation of the soul and its forces in the body and in the physical world, so that the transmundane state of the world, the experience of the higher divine world and the knowledge of the gods are combined with a receptivity for the supramental forces and their mode of existence in the physical world to produce an unified mode of being in mental, vital and bodily incarnation.

This way of life of Future Man means that the incarnating soul increasingly lives the higher reality of the gods and the supramental world and brings it down to earth. It assumes a material body or develops it so that it becomes progressively able to express the realities of higher worlds on the earth.

The result is a bridging of all separation between the supracorporeal, immortal existence of the soul and the mortal life so that a new immortal body is created, capable of fully expressing the Divine Consciousness. For this reason we can say that the -Consciousness presence of Future Man links the supramental world with the material world. This link itself corresponds to the progressive embodiment of the Supramental Real Idea or the Consciousness of Truth in the individual body and the transmission to the larger human famity by the functions of the New Body.

The dimensions in which the progressively materialising Soul of Future Man can express itself comprise the following in a single Supramental Consciousness: the consciousness of Future Man, all the experience and knowledge of the archetypal ideal world of the gods plus the evolutive incarnation-world of man. Man came increasingly under the influence of the archetypal world of the gods in his mental ascent through the ideal and higher planes and so expressed a spark of this immutable principle in his ideals of harmony and beauty but also of destruction and struggle.

The arising of the Soul of the Future Man gives us a consciousness and intelligence of the gnosis — the Truth Consciousness which also embodies in its supramental force all the power of the higher ideal world of the gods. It is an intelligence which can express the creativity of the superearthly upon the earth. The limited mental ascent to the plane of the gods will be replaced by a complete Psychic Incarnation of their powers on earth and the Soul of Future Man will link these ideal forces to the evolutionary life-forces of the material world, so that substance and knowledge become the reality of the future as a single supramental realisation.

This newly incarnating being has an intelligence far beyond the traditional form. The Intelligence of Future Man, or rather his consciousness, is the Supramental Intelligence of the Spirit, the perfect unity of Knowledge and Will which is revealed on all levels of creation right down to the apparent unconsciousness of matter as its central principle. This supramental force of the spirit world which is contained in the hidden development of worlds, the evolution of life and mind, which maintains all these forms or gives rise to them as parts of itself, will become an effective force in the consciousness of Future Man. It will no longer be hidden but will work directly and create its own means of expression. It is the gnosis of the spirit, master of its own cosmos. Knowing itself, the supramental nature knows all things, for all things are the coming-into-being and development of its own force.

It knows all things directly and completely, from the inside, in their own truth and in their relation to things. A spontaneous knowledge of the whole and all its details. This complete perception of the multiplicity in unity and unity in multiplicity, and the force of unity grounded securely in itself brings forth multiplicity as the expression of its completeness and is graduated through the world of the gods to become a directly active force, which is unlimited in essence but can limit its expression for a particular purpose. The ordering force of the divine beings in the universe is thus a delegated force of the supramental omnipotence and omniscience of the spirit. When embodied in the Soul of Future Man, this gradation becomes a physically individualised reality and a vibration of capacities in his -consciousness.

These vibrations reach, with the fully activated intensity of the supramental world, from the highest level of the Spirit down to the deepest abyss of Matter. A primal vibration, simultaneously motion and sound, emerges in its totality of knowledge and will from the complete Supramental -Substance of the Consciousness of Future Man which is the perfect knowledge of the One and the complete power of the expression or will of the One in all possibilities. An all-powerful creative motion, a vibration, is set up in an infinite space of supramental glory. It is experienced as a the sum of all the sounds of the world, the consciousness or divinity which bears in itself the creative resolution.

This is the great divinity — as ancient Indian science of the supranatural named it — in his innumerable aspects.

An all-creative light-energy field sounds forth as a knowledge, a hymn of immortality from the supramental consciousness. This highest divinity, which represents the highest stage of the experiential mind, becomes a perfect force of the New World in its supramental embodiment in Future Man, manifesting its divinity in the motion and voice of the New Body, in the vibrations of its cells and the intensity of its nerves and energies.

The creative word and chant and the divinity which are the bearers of this knowledge. It is the beginning of the creation and the birth of the divinities who stand at the origin of creation and are represented as a great quaternity with innumerable names: consciousness and light, bliss, truth, life.

Thus, in the body of the materialising Soul of Future Man, this knowledge-power and the power of the divinities become the word of truth and the poetry of truth, the sound and intensity of the supramental speech which moves the world and incarnates the consciousness of truth, syllable by syllable. For the speech of Future Man is truth and thus has the power to manifest Truth in the world. With the bliss of the gods, his words will strike the yearning soul of an awakening humanity and will never lose their consciousness-expanding qualities. The further stages of the self-organising supramental creation now reveal the divine powers which prevail behind colour and form, the play of infinite worlds and arts, the manifesting forces whose magic lines guard the sublime blueprint of the future and the fundamental principle of the world’s structure. In the New Body of Future Man these powers and divinities receive their supramental perfection in the individual in the form of an ability to bring forth an impeccable physical beauty, a divine mastery of the secrets of colour and line, structure and rhythm in form and plan — Mandala. Their touch will cause the consciousness of truth to sound forth in every line and curve and point, to radiate forth in every colour.

All cosmic forces are integrated in its formation to a cadence of supramental perfection, beauty and harmony. The higher ideal world of the gods and goddesses and their super-earthly force receive, through their embodiment in the Soul of Future Man, a further graduation of supramental perfection in their power over the nature of space and form and volume — Yantra. The indwelling divinities in the structure and special configuration of worlds of perfect space, the sacred measure, inner dimension and perfect curvature which links that space to all things, and the miracle of an absolute temple of divinity in eternal time, gather together to a harmonious world-creation in the Soul of Future Man. Sublime archetypes of immense power of the eternal in matter, form and volume, they fill the limbs, form and matter of the new body with the supramental intensity of imperturbable peace and stability.

The dimensions in which Future Man’s Soul expresses itself combine to form the ideal body through which the supramental force and consciousness manifest on earth under individual conditions. They form the subtle medium and the fine supramental substance in which all divine worlds move in their supramental perfection. In it they can gather up their wealth under the aegis of the Supramental Real-Idea or the idea of truth-awareness in the Soul of Future Man, to realise a perfect creation. This ideal body and its divine capacities come into action after the preparatory stage which worked on the matter of the physical body, its nerves and cells, increasingly affecting its structure.

The ideal body will in ever greater measure interpenetrate and influence the transient substance and raise it to a state of immortality, into a consciousness of progressive perfection, so that the transmundane state of the soul and the mundane state combine under various mental, vital and physical conditions to form a new mode of being, a -progressive materialisation of the Consciousness of Future Man in an immortal body. All which at an earlier mental stage was regarded as superearthly existence, as a divine world separated from man’s earthly mode of being and existing in a higher realm, -becomes an experienced reality in a New Body. Or rather in a bodily existence which forms a transition towards a body ever more like the ideal body, partaking ever more of its qualities.

The passage into physical birth is therefore, in the new supramental creation, a conscious incarnation of the divine powers of the gods in a mortal body which houses from its inception a soul aware of its immortality, using this fragile and transient material with the passion of the spirit and its invincible power, Divine, to permeate it with the pure flame of Supramental Truth and to transmute it into an immortal vessel for the deathless godhead. It is an awakening of the human soul to become the Soul of Future Man, a transformation, a leap onto the immense potentials of a transformed world.

It is accompanied by a liberation from all bonds, creating the New World from a certain point of one’s life so that either by a gradual process or by a sudden awakening to material divinity, new life and a new form and substance is imparted to the material body. Or it may be a direct materialisation of the ideal body, the completed birth of Future Man. It is in any case the start of a new creation, which begins the conquest of the mortal world with the glory of its Supramental Manifestation. Its first dawn is felt by individuals, by adventurers of consciousness, by researchers and scientists, by the knowers of the immediate future which is about to be born. Whatever form this entry point into the new creation will take, will help to give birth to the Soul of Future Man in their bodily life.

They will begin together with the great worlds of the gods, to bring world harmony into being. They will have the creative touch, the capacity, talent and genius to fulfill the sublime message, the indescribable form and the light and knowledge and plan of the future, making it tangible for a seeking humanity. Thus the Soul of Future Man begins to embody its consciousness and to assume or develop a form which condenses and realises in itself the key and the knowledge of the transformation of the world and of matter and the buildup of the new world.

The ideal body and the forces of all worlds are conjoined in the Consciousness of Future Man with matter, teaching it supramental perfection. Thus, the immersion into the incarnation world of the earth plane is the birth of the true individual, the unique being aware of his divine origin who now begins to manifest, step by step, the limitless possibilities of this origin within material evolution. It is the beginning of the science of the future, the Science of Transformation, which conjoins three paths to solve the task of transformation.

The tremendous rise of global movements and their ever increasing convergence appears to have led to the disappearance of this unity to external observation and its replacement by restrictive specialisation. Divisions and separations of this kind arose from the necessity of keeping pace mentally with the new developments continually appearing in all sectors. From a superficial view, we have been forced to adopt these stopgap measures by the inadequacy of our backward methods of education and training and by their lack of balance. But in truth this helplessness is due to the meeting with the force of a new evolutionary epoch which has not yet fully arrived.

And when man’s mentality begins to open itself consciously to its Supramental Potential and thus cooperates with the New Dimension of awareness which is at work in the earth’s atmosphere, the time and the need for separation and division will be over. The mental crisis is dearly visible ever since the sudden acceleration in material progress has begun under the action of the new forces, but it has not — or not yet — been balanced by corresponding spiritual progress in humanity at large.

The result is thus a momentary but not inevitable psychological crisis, a global crisis of adaptation to the New Consciousness. It manifests in the helpless efforts made to impose a rigid monolithic outer organisation onto global forces rather than allow a flexible inner unification with the activity of these forces. This development has taken place because almost all fields of knowledge have lost their original unity in their relation to man and the divine and have become ever more self-enclosed, referring to an inhuman or rather an – unsouled conception of perfection which is increasingly becoming destructive for humanity.

After the removal of the veil of ego, the removal of the veil of Nature and her inferior modes that govern our mind, life and body. As soon as the limits of the ego begin to fade, we see how that veil is constituted and detect the action of cosmic Nature in us, and in or behind cosmic Nature

This realization does not, therefore, entail the transformation of the human into the Divine since the human has in essence been the Divine all along and does not change: divinity lies hidden in man by the veil of ignorance which, when drawn, enables man to realize his identity with and as the Divine

That men do not realize their divinity is only due to the fact that they have not yet removed the great veil of ignorance which shrouds the vision of the Infinite.

when a consciousness of union comes, we become aware that the veil is only a concept of our own minds, a veil of ignorance.

The inner guru opens the disciple’s eyes to awareness. Knowledge exists, but ignorance veils it, and it is the guru who removes this veil from the intellect. The guru is the guide who opens the gate of the dormant faculties and awakens the latent power and energy within.

The Upanishadic sages described this ignorance as a “veil of illusion” that obscures the truth and confuses the mind so that it cannot discriminate between reality and appearance.2 In the yogic view, suffering has its origins in a process called extroversion (unmesha). The soul gradually becomes completely identified with the material plane of existence, even though this “gross material plane”—the physical body and the personality—is only the most outward and visible aspect of her true home.

We can become masters of our energy. As we awaken to the inner reality of our being, the essence of our soul, we come in contact with the greater reality of our being, beyond our life in our body and our mind. Meditation reveals to man his own soul. In meditation the mind is turned inwards upon itself. Man’s consciousness expands. The more he meditates the more and more he will expand beyond consciousness into superconsciousness. This wonderful power of your inner Gum can make you free from all bondages, earthly and spiritual, when you believe in it as your real self and access its power. It is clear by now that the aim of integral Yoga is not only freedom from the bondage of human nature but its perfect control with a view to transform, spiritualise and divinise it.

The constant influx of perceptions blended with your views and opinions and race mind tend to make it difficult for harmonious thinking as well as a harmonious relationship of your energies with the Universe. With the exercise and mastering of the mind and thoughts, a person’s inner and Spiritual conditions can be enhanced dramatically for the good. Many would say that we are in a dream state and living in illusion until we get out of our state of being self-absorbed and connect to the source of all on a Spiritual level.

The truth is if we learn how to unlock our inherent gifts and master them we can become true masters of our own lives but we need to understand how to flip that switch. It does not come from isolated positive thinking or meditating underneath a rock. There is an intelligent process required, idea, action, result and repeat.

As we awaken to the inner reality of our being, the essence of our soul, we come in contact with the greater reality of our being, beyond our life in our body and our mind.

Spiritual resonance is a vibrational pattern of greater cosmic wholeness, which is experienced as being accessed by soul awareness. Spiritual resonance is a central core of life, not just healing. It is the vibrational fabric from which healing and life emerge, and is greater than the sum of its parts. Spiritual resonance, which includes all other forms of resonance, is perceived as a gift to the receiver who is consciously aware of the experience, but the potential for realization is present in all of us. Spiritual resonance is realized through an experience of expanded awareness, usually through spiritual practice, and is nonlinear, transcending time and space.

All negative thoughts serve to limit the mind. They make the mind its own slave. Negative thoughts pull your mind away from the infinite divine consciousness.

Self-Realization is an evolutionary action of transformation! Self-Realization has birthed us into another consciousness. This Higher Self-consciousness is far removed from the presentlower self-consciousness that is possessed by our present race of Homo sapiens—the human-animal. The roots of the lower self-consciousness are firmly grounded in matter whereas the Consciousness of the Higher Self has Its roots not only in matter but also in the Transcendent Realm. As we ascend the ladder of consciousness, our Awareness and our angle of vision widen and deepen. Each level of consciousness contains its own reality. As we move up the spiritual evolutionary ladder, truth changes and so does our purpose for Being. The Higher Self-consciousness is at the summit of the spiritual ladder that still lies in the duality of matter. It is the last outpost for the physical human animal. The Higher Self-consciousness contains the Highest Truth, Awareness and Values that are available to Man.

Awakening is the ultimate of religion. Religion is, not really, in believing something outside of your being. It is not in believing or following some authoritative figure, the church, temple, organization or any ideological system of belief. Religion is trusting in what is eternal within you, your inner light, the Guru within. It is trusting in yourself, in the divinity within you that remains masked in the human body known as yourself.

With this trust, the inner Gum will be awakened to reveal the real you, as a grace, a beauty and splendour unknown to you so far. If that really happens to you, a deep inner silence, joy and peace will fill your being. You will find that, the life your mind had so long woven around you, with its hopes and frustrations, fears and anxieties, likes and dislikes, fleeting joys and sorrows, is not as real as you usually think of them. It is not as real as your real being of unlimited grace is. Your real being is a being, filled with blessedness that does not contain a trace of a shadow within it. As you wake up to this truth of your being, you will artlessly radiate a silent love that is not an emotion but a blessedness expressing itself as a tender benevolence towards all the existence. You will be a blessing to the existence.

“Be the Light that you are. Take refuge in your inner light.”

In the sacred shrine of your heart, there is an amazing light burning ceaselessly. This eternal light is the subtle principle that resides within all of us, which is unborn and undying. It is a repository of infinite strength, wisdom, abundance and auspiciousness. It is bliss infinite and the giver of supreme happiness. It is the support-less, infinite sky of supreme wisdom. It is the silent witness of everything. It is neither male, nor female. It exists beyond all dualities. It is never bounded by time, space or conditions. This witnessing presence is pure and clear like the sky, luminous like the morning Sun. It is our inner Guru.

The word Guru, in Sanskrit, means that which removes or dispels darkness. `Gu’ in Sanskrit means darkness and ‘Ru’ is synonymous to light. The word ‘guru’ literally means the light that dispels darkness. Darkness exists inside all sentient beings in the form of ignorance of their real nature.

Your inner Guru already exists within you, shrouded in the veil of your ignorance and forgetfulness.

Ironically, we can not find permanent happiness and fulfilment in anything that exists outside of us. Things wear out, grow old, or loose their charm for us. This is the nature of all things and beings in this temporal plane of existence. Therefore, our search for light continues life after life, until one day we find the light within our inner being. When you trust the Guru within, you become open and receptive to the healing potential lying within the depth of your being. You become available to the light to remove all the darkness.

This world or the ego has created a belief system that make humans believe the powers is outside him and not within him, and the consequence is that humans don´t idenifying themselves with their inner higher real self (guru), and instead identifying themselves with the external ego-body-identity. The ego then prevents humans from knowing their inner higher guru of themselves by deny themselves their inner being and divine knowledge. The veil of ignorance is in place to held humankind trapped and imprisoned within the lower matriz of darkness.

The Transcendental Power

This mystical power of the Guru within you can transform your life by bringing you all the happiness, peace and freedom, if you trust and rely on it. This power lies dormant within you until when you learn about it and begin to invoke this mystical power to find your true place in life. This is the power of all pervading pure consciousness. The power of your Inner Guru is beyond all measures. This power directs all the vital processes and functions of your body. It directs the functioning of your heart, the circulation of your blood, digestion and assimilation of food that you take in. It also guides the movement of the stars in the distant galaxies. It is the common ground of the whole existence. It knows the answers to all problems. It never sleeps. It is cosmic, and it is independent of time and space.

This wonderful power of your inner Gum can make you free from all bondages, earthly and spiritual, when you believe in it as your real self and access its power. This power governs the billions of cells in your body to act in precision, in an integrated manner.

Remember this power, stay connected to this power and let it flow through your Life. Then wonders will happen in your life. It is the power of your infinite, limitless being. To be aware of this power and to manifest it in every aspect of your life is your divine birthright. This power is the presence of God within you.

Most people block them off from this innate source of blessedness that exists at the core of their being. This power stays dormant within us until we wake up to acknowledge its presence.

Only the human beings, intelligent as we are, have the miraculous capacity to be conscious of this hidden treasure, thereby accelerating our growth on the scale of evolution. We have the capacity to manifest the seed of God-essence, hidden within, to make the life a saga of joy and fulfilment.

On the other hand, only the human beings have the capacity to block this light through creating a veil of constant thinking, false beliefs and ego driven attitudes, thereby retarding their growth on the scale of evolution. We, all of us, are inherently destined to manifest as the godly beings that is waiting as a seed within us.

It is clear by now that the aim of integral Yoga is not only freedom from the bondage of human nature but its perfect control with a view to transform, spiritualise and divinise it. This can only be achieved by the intervention of a supracosmic consciousness-force.

Tte Supermind or Supramental. Only the Supermind has the integrative power to bring about this comprehensive and all-inclusive transformation of the individual’s life, mind and body. The dynamic view of yoga is an effort towards the realisation of the potentialities of human personality, and the union of the human individual with the Divine, which ultimately leads to the manifestation of the Divine life on earth.

Meditation reveals to man his own soul. In meditation the mind is turned inwards upon itself. Man’s consciousness expands. The more he meditates the more and more he will expand beyond consciousness into superconsciousness.

The ego-body-mind is assailed with worries, anxieties, fears, blunders and endless tribulation because he is only body conscious. As long as body identification remains, man will remain a slave to the senses. Meditation shows the way out by turning the mind within. Only meditation brings genuine peace and happiness. This is the ideal way to unwind the entire system.

The whole science of yoga and meditation is to help man understand his true identity. He is beyond body, he is beyond mind, he is Spirit.

The yogi puts the whole power of the mind towards his own self, learns introspection, and through that introspection, he realizes his true nature. It reveals the true nature of the soul to him. It reveals to man his true condition, discovers a Saviour, opens to view life and immortality,

The above sadhana will reveal the divine word and invest it with God’s power. Above us dwells a superconscient god Hidden in the mystery of his own light. Around us is a vast of ignorance Lit by the uncertain ray of human mind, Below us sleeps the Inconscient dark and mute. But this is only Matter’s first self-view, A scale and series in the Ignorance. This is not all we are or all our world. Our greater self of knowledge waits for us, A supreme light in the truth-conscious Vast: It sees from summits beyond thinking mind, It moves in a splendid air transcending life. It shall descend and make earth’s life divine for the seeker. Truth made the world, not a blind Nature-Force.

This stilling of the mind, its subjugation and control whereby it may be concentrated on anything at will, or, more difficult still, emptied of every thought and image, is particularly difficult for persons of our race and training—a race the natural direction of whose consciousness is strongly outward, a training in which the culture of the will and the practice of introspective meditation finds no place.

You are not your body and you are not your mind; you are soul energy. You are soul energy merely inhabiting a body for a brief period of time. This body and this mind is just a temporary home that your soul energy has chosen to operate from so that it may fulfill a higher purpose. At your very core, you are a soul that was given a body and a mind. Your body and mind are temporary tools to help you on your journey. But often these tools can dominate your life, making you forget that you are more than just what you see. To live a positively charged life, you have to learn how to balance your mind, body, and soul, and allow them to operate as one. In order to do this, you need to allow your soul to be the guiding force. Your soul is the core of who you are and everything that emanates from your soul is helping you live a positive life. If you imagine you are a flower, then your soul is the seed. If you plant the seed, nourish and water it, and give it adequate sunlight, the rest takes care of itself. When you can tune in to the power of your soul, your mind and body will naturally follow.

Stlling the mind is to stilling the beta brain waves. By stilling, lowering and quitening and emptying the mind of beta brain waves and learn to nourish and water the real higher self with alpha, theta and delta brain waves one starts create a new spiritual garden within.

When you start awakening to the realization that you are so much more than just your mind and your body, the frequency/vibrations of your energy begins to rise and expand. You may even feel the force of the soul energy that lives inside of you radiating out of your being. In fact, the stronger you can connect with your soul energy, the higher your consciousness or awareness is going to expand.

Supreme Being. The aim of meditation is to invoke the ability to contemplate about the basic nature of the Soul. Meditation seeks to arouse us from our deep slumber and awaken us to our real selves.

The brain is a storage, retrieval and information processing, mechanism, a tuner and amplifier. The information used comes from the interference patterns of vibrations picked up by the sense organs. Within the parameter formed by the speed of light the world picture is built up. But there is an organ with-in each of us which is capable of picking up vibrations faster than the speed of light. Such an organ is probably what is re-ferred to as the soul. In meditation we may tune into these vi-brations. We focus them into the brain (cf. a dish aerial) where they enhance the information from other sources being stored and processed there. Because these higher vibrations are more powerful they can override the other vibrations and entrain-ment can take place to restore more harmonious patterns (eg. healing). Because the higher vibrations do not come through the sense organs they may seem intangible—an empty silence. But it is a void which is VIBRANT with the higher life force—love.

We live in a world of vibrations out of which we form pat-terns of illusory appearances, which we assume to be real. After much disillusionment and searching we discover the nothing-ness, the emptiness of the world picture, including the little body/ego/personality. We then start looking for the reality and discover it to be within ourselves as our TRUE IDENTITY. This realization becomes our firm foundation, our high tower, and we can then watch the waves of illusion break around us without flinching.

This work requires a paradigm shift because normally when we look at ourselves and at each other we see only CONCEPTS, thought forms which we build out of conditioned memories -vibration patterns. Now we must see through them to the underlying REALITY.

The ego has become God of this world and don´t know anything greater that itself and the ego deny the true inner being and higher spiritual knowledge. Ego is in power and control by using fear programming or fear conditiong, and negative programming is also a strategy the ego using to prevent any changes to progress. The ego creates endless of ego concepts that controls the human mind within the matrix or the mind prison. The ego is the finite and the real higher self is the infinite of you. This process of controlling humankind within the matrix has going for thosuends of years, generation after generation.

How to change from finite vibrations to infinite vibrations, How to switch from ego concept to to greater divine consciousness, How to change brain frequency from Beta state to to alpha, theta and delta, How to exit the matrix, FAITH is the starting point of all accumulation of riches! FAITH is the only known antidote to FAILURE! FAITH is the element, the ‘chemical’ which, when mixed with prayer, gives one direct communication with Infinite Intelligence. FAITH is the element that transforms the ordinary vibration of thought, created by the finite mind of man, into the spiritual equivalent. Apply your heart to instruction, and your ears to the words of knowledge’ (Prov. 23:12).

Apply your heart to instruction, and your ears to the words of knowledge’ (Prov. 23:12). The heart chakra is the gateway between the higher and lower body. It is here we must center, as here all is One. The light from the stars shine with their glow ‘There is no limit.’ The stars shine and stream in some of the fastest and purest frequencies, giving order to creation. All light and matter is interconnected through the matrix of oneness, centralized by zero-point infinite energy.

We can look at the interrelationships between our breath, thoughts, and feelings, and our level of energy, its expansion and contraction. We can become masters of our energy. We can focus it in certain parts of the body, the chakras, the subtle bodies, spreading energy from the heart and the brain and between the two. Everything is energy; consciousness is energy. The more we practice using it and mastering it, the more we evolve as energy and consciousness. Enlightenment and ascension. Enlightenment is of consciousness, while ascension is of matter. We raise our vibration and remove the layers covering our light through our sadhana and devotion. Our consciousness expands, and we reach a higher level of purer consciousness. When we raise the vibration of our matter, of our brains, organs, glands, cells, molecules and atoms, and DNA and RNA, we are doing the work of ascension.

Once the lower states of consciousness are transcended and the shift is made from a linear mode of thinking to a nonlinear one, the higher states of consciousness known as love, joy, happiness, peace, and harmony can be experienced with one’s entire being, seemingly constantly. This shift is monumental in many ways, and the benefits of finally shifting from a life where the ego is dominant over the self, to one where the ego’s influence is minimized by way of embracing and experiencing unity, are massive.

⦁ Greater Brain hypothesis: In expanded states of consciousness it is the larger world that is doing the thinking.
⦁ Small ego-brain is the brain inside the head. The greater brain is the brain that includes the world.

When you reach your personal garden of truth, you will be ready to take the final steps toward gaining an ability to create your future reality. The first of these final steps is to add three new vibrations to your core being. These are alpha, theta and delta brain waves or vibrations.

The first three suggested enhancements is to raise your inner vibration by adding an abiding belief that you possess the ability to influence the future course of your life. When you attain enlightenment and add this affirmation to your core being, you will have evolved your essence to another level.

By first reaching into your right cerebrum to [re]discover your inner self and then by raising the vibratory essence of your core to a level that knows for certain that you possess the power to influence the future, you will have raised yourself to a transcendent stage which becomes your new level of enlightened self. It is from this platform that you are empowered to will your future. When you in-ternally focus on what you want to become, you will be on your jour-ney of becoming. By establishing your internal goal, you will provide your subconscious with an image of your desired future. Keep always in mind that (as is everything in the universe) your future desire is comprised of vibration. Frequent practice of being this vibration will inevitably attract you to your goals via the proven phenomenon of entrainment.

A faster spiritual vibration strengthens any psychic abilities or inner gifts that you have. This means that your ability to see in Spirit improves. Your ability to hear Spirit gets stronger. Your ability to pick up feelings and emotions from others intensifies. Any healing ability becomes more apparent. Any abilities you have get stronger and improve.

We all have a spiritual body (aura) as well as a physical body. The spiritual body is made up of energy and this energy vibrates at a certain rate. The faster your spiritual body vibrates, the “lighter” it becomes.

One just needs to start adjusting the word patterns in the thoughts which will in turn begin to change the vibration that surrounds each and every one of us, as we are a conductor and a receiver of vibration. The vibrations holds messages or signals that we process and an outcome follows and it’s that vibration that gives us a high or low feeling, a feeling of happiness or sadness, of jubilation or sorrow. We allow outside circumstances to affect our inner world which destabilizes our vibration patterns. So if we become aware of these conditions, we can change the outcome of our lives for the better, and to suit ourselves.

Alchemy is the transmutation of base metals into gold. Inner alchemy is the journey through the CHAKRA’s (energy bodies), from the base chakra – earth body to the crown chakra. At the end of a rainbow you will find a pot of gold. You will find this gold which is the halo, or mouth piece to the Great Spirit when you learn the lessons of each ” vibration or body”.

You need to ascend up from the red root earth body, through to the orange emotional body, through the yellow fire or spirit body, though the green wind intellectual body, though the blue communication body, though indigo vision body, though violet the crowning glory body learning the lessons that each bring, transmuting the dense energy into higher energy. This process must be done by been constantly aware of your thoughts, actions and deeds. There are no short cuts.

You turn base metals into gold by using the elements which we are made from which are earth, water, fire, wind. By working with these elements you create the golden halo around your head which is the “pot of gold at the end of the rainbow”. En- Lighten-Ment. Each element and chakric body resonates at a different vibration, and brings its own set of challengers and lessons and only when you have mastered each body, can you successfully move up to the next body, layer or level. Your whole world is what is going on inside of yourself, as this reflects outwards in your outer world. So if you keep looking outside yourself to make you happy, you will always be hollow and unhappy. But when you start to look inside yourself for contentment and blessings, you will find what you are looking for, and your turbulence water/emotions will become still. Don’t allow outside influences to get the better of you.

Awareness and imagination are two great tools we have at our disposal, so start to notice what is going on inside, and outside of yourself by using these great tools.. Release your suffering by becoming aware of your every thought, your words you speak and the actions you perform, and take yourself into your Divine kingdom.

When we commit ourselves to pray or meditate on a regular basis for just ten minutes a day, we will soon increase our vibrations.

This oneness with the God Force will open the link between our higher selves and us when we (our bodies) vibrate at a much higher and stronger vibration. The increased vibrations will cause the crown chakra on top of our heads to open. Linked to and surrounding the crown chakra is the thousand-petal lotus flower.

In the beginning, as the vibrations increases slowly, the stronger flow will allow more light and power and the like to be siphoned, from the soul into us, through our open crown chakra.

Regular meditation and prayer will help to open this chakra much quicker, and it will also stay open for a longer period. The light and power, together with God’s love and blessings, will then flow quicker and more strongly down to us.

The increased power will keep the links between our soul and us open, and the connection between the spirit world and us would be much quicker and smoother.

The yogi who is aware of this process and his inherent identity with the Deity transforms his ignorance into consciousness.

The yogi who persists in the practice of his awareness of the intuitive perceptive nature of consciousness acquires all the powers that come from the practice of Yoga. Thus he can perceive far distant objects or whatever else comes to his mind.

The yogic powers which come from the development of the awareness of the pulse of consciousness by merging one’s own limited consciousness with the energy of the universal consciousness of one’s own nature. When this happens the energies which fetter the unawakened, dulling their consciousness and sustaining their ignorance, reverse their functions and give the yogi these powers.

The vital energy experienced as the eternal omnipresent bliss of the timeless, spaceless consciousness, which is at once Sankara and one’s own true nature, becomes clearly manifest to this yogi when he forcefully directs his attention, through intense contemplative absorption, to its inherent identity with his innermost being by laying hold of his finite, conditioned subjectivity and merging it with this, his true nature. He can then find hidden treasures and accomplish other such feats by means of the enhanced sensory faculties the body possesses if he chooses to maintain the conceived (kalpita) subjectivity which operates at the physical and mental level, while drawing from the vital energy of the pulse of consciousness

It seems that it is this vitality which enlivens the body, rather than the universal consciousness which sustains and does all things. The Fourth state beyond them is one in which this situation is reversed and hence corrected. In this state, it is the self-awareness of the true agent and hence of one’s own essentially blissful nature which feeds the body and mind directly, strengthening it to perform the tasks set for it. The yogi who is inspired by the recognition of the universal agency of consciousness now has the power which is technically called ‘the conjunction of the elements’ through which he can promote the growth and development of his own mind and body, as well as that of others. In other words he becomes a healer and works zealously for the benefit of the world, drawing his inspiration from the divine consciousness which shines within him.

You cannot change Consciousness. Consciousness is the all Infinite all, and changes not. Not ever. You are this One Consciousness that believes. In changing beliefs, you are only perpetuating the system of What to believe. Removing one belief to replace it with another more favorable belief is only substituting one limitation for another limitation. Believing is Consciousness; it cannot be changed. When you embrace and give attention to You—the Believer, the one attention, as all life and only power, it changes your entire experience. This is the action and power of Consciousness.

The one Consciousness of all you really are. A belief is not Consciousness. The Believer is Consciousness. The Idea is Consciousness. The Idea, Consciousness, and the Believer are all that are real. The belief is the shadow, a vibratory reflection of the Infinite Idea. A belief is no more real than a shadow. It is only a description of the Believer, the Infinite Idea.

You are infinitely the one and only power and life. Being in the illusion that your power is in What you believe is also being convinced that you are finite, believing there is a power outside of who you really are.

Here is three example how finite belief systems creates limitations and restrictions in the human mind;

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

These are the three symptoms that indicate that you are held in the belief of What you believe as being the power of any cause. This means that you are also convinced in the illusion of belief as a way to control and create a desired effect. No beliefs are real or have any power. All that is real about any belief is the power of your essence, You-the Believer, believing in them.

It is always only your power. Through the power of your own infinite essence you can be trapped in believing that your essence, here and now is of time and space, leading to a belief that you are finite and limited. These indicators cycle over and over that What you believe is not only the power but also your power. In doing so, you hide your attention of real essence and infinite power deeper and deeper. You hide you, Infinite Consciousness, the One and only Believer from You. Your natural and only state of reality and being is infinite. To focus on and give attention to a finite singularity is to limit your experience of who you really are. Stripping yourself from your natural infinite reality and state of being is an experience of limiting your joy.

Reasoning is an illusion of power. Reasoning is the counterfeit replacement of power masquerading as the real knower, You-the One Believer. Reasoning is when You-the Believer believes in the illusion of things. Reasoning is believed to be the human mind but it is really You- the Believer believing unconditionally. Really understand that You-the Believer are not limited to What you believe and there are no conditions under which you must believe anything, none. You-the Infinite unlimited Believer believing only appear as reasoning and the illusion of the human mind.

⦁ Reason only resides in and is born from limited finite dualistic belief and appears as the thinking human mind.
⦁ Reasoning is a believed power intricately involved with the belief in choice and an action of doing as the power. This power is the illusion of control.

The soul is inside the body. It is the light of the soul that has to come to the fore and illumine our obscure, unlit, undivine consciousness. Once our outer consciousness is illumined, then only there is no difference between the inner and the outer. Now there is a yawning gulf between our inner realisation and illumination and our outer manifestation. Unless and until the inner realisation and the outer life’s manifestation go together, we remain incomplete. So let us take the body as the field of manifestation and the soul as the realisation. First we have to realise; then we have to manifest. If we have not realised the Truth, what will there be to manifest? And again, if we have realised something and we cannot manifest it, the Truth is incomplete.

Each seeker, each aspirant, already knows that there are two types of consciousness: finite and infinite. Right now the body possesses, or you can say represents, the finite consciousness. And the inner Divinity, or shall we say the soul, represents the infinite Consciousness.

Humans has been teached to believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. This is a limitation concept of the mind created by the ego and the consequense is; man cannot progress beyond the ego-mind. Mind-Consciousness is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

Intuition is a push and a pull. It is an inner push and an outer pull. The push comes from our aspiration. The pull comes from God’s Illumination. When God invites an aspirant to dine with Him, it is the aspirant’s intuition that immediately accepts the invitation. The mind is fond of investigation and invention. The heart is fond of aspiration and unification. Intuition is fond of illumination and supramentalisation. Intuition tells us in a flash what God looks like. Realisation in a twinkling tells us who God is. Intuition, like an arrow, flies towards the Goal. Realisation, like an expert dancer, eternally dances in the heart of the Goal. Intuition is the creation above the mind. Intuition is the freedom beyond the mind. Intuition is the evolution of consciousness-light outside the boundaries of the physical mind. Again, there is an infinitely inferior form of intuition in the body, the vital, the mind and the heart.

The intuition in the body is practically blind. In the vital, it is powerfully obscure; in the mind, surprisingly uncertain; in the heart, deplorably helpless. The difference between intuition and will-power is this: intuition sees the Truth; will-power wants to become the Truth. Intuition has the ability to shorten the road that leads to the highest Illumination. Will-power has the ability to bathe in the sea of Illumination. Imagination is not intuition. Inspiration is not intuition. Aspiration is not intuition. But when intuition presents imagination with the Truth, imagination successfully expands the Truth. When intuition presents inspiration with the Truth, inspiration soulfully embraces the Truth. When intuition presents aspiration xith the Truth, aspiration devotedly devours the Truth.

Intuition is the golden link between Vision and Reality. Vision needs intuition to carry its all-transforming message to humanity. Reality needs intuition to carry its all-surrendering message to Divinity.

The ego using fear and prevents spiritual progress as intuition to develop. The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. Fear does not blocks or hindering the real self to progress, but is also hindering visions and this prevents all higher self divine realizations. It hindering humans from get access to higher levels of information within the higher levels of consciousness. The God of the three dimensional world don´t want others to have access to divine powers outside the three dimensional world of concepts of duality. The concxept of duality is what makes human beleiving the powers is outside him and noy within him, and through this he is been controlled and conditioned by fear and programming.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna strands, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

Faith is the simple, direct, effective and complete form of reality. Doubt is the complex, indirect, ineffective and incomplete form of reality. Faith is God-comprehension. Faith is God-description. Doubt is Truth-detention. Doubt is life-suffocation.

⦁ Reality’s unity is God’s Existence.
⦁ Reality’s multiplicity is God’s Experience.
⦁ Reality’s singularity is God the Eternal Lover.
⦁ Reality’s plurality is God the Eternal Love.
⦁ Reality’s Time-age is Eternity.
⦁ Reality’s Experience-age is Infinity.
⦁ Reality’s Realisation-age is Immortality.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, we can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought, our body expresses the quality of a vibration, the higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration, when we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept, therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings.

The perception and control of changes in states of consciousness, whether for purposes of magical development or of life generally, is supremely important. It is now widely recognized that our state of consciousness, and in consequence the accessibility and direction of our entire mental and emotional potential—thus to a great extent our physical potential also.

In the glyph of the Tree of Life, each Sephirah represents one of the archetypal spiritual states, existent not only cosmically but in the depths of each person’s own being: each Path with its attributed influence represents the changes of consciousness by which a specific one of those states can be attained from one or other of the Sephiroth which are placed lower on the Tree of Life. Knowledge and practice in achieving these controlled changes is thus a most potent means of spiritual progess, of inner initiation, and of establishing an effective relationship with the deeper levels of one’s own psyche.

Here is a technique which involves not only the conscious personality, but the physical neural circuitry itself (as the “adventure” situations of the Path narratives are designed to do), and which reaches down to the deep and unconscious levels of the psyche. In this way unaccustomed or unpracticed areas of the psyche and of the neural circuitry are activated, not in any haphazard manner but according to the system of a venerable and tried tradition.

In Pathworkings properly performed, the patterns of inner activity here encountered will re-link whatever may need adjustment, through the conscious and unconscious functions of the psyche itself, to the veritable archetypes whose powers directly and indirectly set the norms of action and aspiration for the psyche. There is no conflict here between the potential of low-level and of high-level adjustment, since we are dealing with an initiatory system based on the primal structure of the psyche itself and designed for the coordination and integration of the entire psycho-physical person with all functions in their right hierarchy and balance.

In every person, the qualities which are essential for the development of magical powers and the acceleration of spiritual evolution are innate: yet even people who recognize these potentials within themselves and aspire to realize them, still need effective means of progess. One requirement is a form of training which will enable the aspirant to recognize, to select, and to direct the will effectively to life’s underlying archetypal realities. The tangled network of thoughts, feelings and sensations which fills day-to-day life constitutes a problem, since in its meshes attention, energy and resolve are scattered and dispersed. For dealing with this problem, one of the methods which has been recognized through the ages is an ascetic program of simplifying the aspirant’s experience of life, and at the same time continually analyzing every inner response to the remaining stimuli ruthlessly into its archetypal components.

The archetypes with which we are here concerned are by no means all the possible archetypes which may subsist either in the collective Unconscious or in the Divine Mind. For millennia it has been recog-nized that there are an essential seven to which all that pertains to magi-cal or mystical power, indeed all that pertains to human life. may be aggregated; adding to these another three, we have all that pertains to the universe both outer and inner, both cosmic and microcosmic, as seen by humankind. For, both physically and metaphysically, we can perceive only those phenomena which we have faculties to perceive.

Though this be a truism, it is well worth stating because it simplifies at one stroke the task of explaining man’s direct relationship with, and correspondence to, his universe. These ten archetypal sources of power correspond to the ten Sephi-roth, the “spheres” of the Tree of Life. To apprehend any of them directly in its spiritual reality is a work of consummate adepthood: to apprehend the highest of them directly is to pass beyond the lower worlds of existence into the realm of that pure being which is a continual becoming. Happily, however, there is another way of proceeding, and it is the way which magical and mystical practices have ever followed.

Each of the Sephiroth has its counterpart within each one of us: and that counterpart is also a focal point for the power of the Sephirah in question, just as that very point on a mirror which reflects the light of the sun or of a powerful lamp will project its heat also. We can, therefore, work with these coutnerparts within ourselves—and for greatest effectiveness this working involves the body as well as the psyche—so as to come at the veritable powers of the sephirothic archetypes.

Each of the seven chakras has its external counterpart in one of the major glands of the body.

Chakras has to do with vibrations and vibrations is differnt levels of consciousness. The lower the vibrational frequency is the lower the awareness is, and the higher the vibrations is the higher the awareness is.

In these present days we often hear people speak of vibrations. Very few people have the right concept of it. What we call mental vibrations are nothing but our mental concepts or consciousness.

We can change our vibration into any quality by the quality of thought. They say every molecule of our body vibrates with our inner vibration or consciousness. Our body expresses the quality of a vibration. If our body is weak we can make it strong by setting up a vibration of strength. It is very hard for us to set up a vibration which opposes the one we already have in us. It generally creates a conflict in our mind, which is anything but conducive of the best result. The best method we know to change the vibration is to put our whole being in the divine furnace of power. That is to say, hold the thought that your body and mind belong to the Great Power. When we vibrate, we vibrate through our general concept. Therefore the result cannot be greater than our concept. Whenever any part of our body is afflicted we can make it right by giving that part of the body to the great Power of health.

The moment we realize the Great Health is manifest ing through us we are cured. Some people may pray to God to heal them. If they get well at all, it is because of their faith in the healing power of God. Here also we find the in-fluence of the quality of concept. When a person realizes or knows that God, All-Health, is manifesting through him he gets well. By holding before him that Ideal he sets up a vibration within him which produces a corresponding vibration in his body, and specially in the afflicted part. The higher quality of thought produces the higher vibration.

Since we are consciousness, we have reason to believe that we have come from a consciousness. By reaching up for the greater consciousness we gradually come to realize it. The concept, that on the background of one Great Consciousness we live, move, and have our being, is one of the grandest concepts in this world. When our Ideal inspires our action we act as divine beings. The human side of our nature is transmuted by divine concept. As long as we stand apart from the Great Cosmic Consciousness we feel the necessity for unity.

If we can stir up one’s very soul by an ideal concept, or bring about gradual change in him by changing his concept we can effect a cure, no matter what is his ailment. Sudden spiritual inspira-tion is able to cure more ailments than all the known methods. No cure is so permanent as the cure effected by the spiritual uplift, because it changes a person’s entire nature and makes a new being of him. When a person becomes new, his old condition is cast off as it were. The simple trust in the higher power elevates our concept and makes us a new being. The more we think of the higher power, the more we receive that power. The quality of thought always affects us and our na-ture is transformed by it. If we want to be Godly we must think of God, and try to see Him in everything and every ac-tion. Nothing gives us such a sense of peace and security as the thought, that everything is the gift of the Almighty and every action is His will. Even in so-called misfortune, if we try to see the hand of God we can have peace and consolation. Not only that, we rise from the creation of man to that of God. We make a thing spiritual by giving it a spiritual concept. In this sense we change a thing in its significance. A changed thing has a changed effect on us. We ought to think that any gift of Spirit cannot be anything but spiritual. Hence all that we see is spiritual. When we use the word spirit we do not mean anything opposite to matter. We simply mean a condi-tion beyond the range of limitation. It also indicates the higher power and wisdom. We ought not to forget that our thought makes a thing spiritual or material.

As a the physical/visible man changes his expression with the coming of new life into him, so the visible thing when it pulsates with new life changes its expression. The new life in a thing means our new understanding of its existence. Our consciousness makes a thing new or old to us. It gives us new power and strength to combat with the circumstances which are our own creation. The difference between any two persons is their consciousness. Our struggle here is to attain to the higher and higher consciousness. It is that consciousness that the world is seeking.

When we see a man is trying to master his situation we know that he is trying to be more conscious of his own power. Any effort to cope with conditions and things is an effort to come into more consciousness of power. The Supreme Consciousness is our goal. Little by little, step by step we are constantly moving towards that goal. When we realize that a consciousness is reached by the consciousness, we learn the secret of attaining power. We always reach our Ideal Consciousness by being conscious of its presence within us.

When a consciousness communes with a consciousness higher than itself, it evolves into it. Then the ego has become God of this world the human mind is weaved into a collective hive mind and concepts of duality, and it become difficult for humans to spiritual progress out of this ego-body-identity world/reality and switch perception to the real divine higher self. As a result of this the collective ego has developed organized gang stalking, organized bullying and organized sound/noise harassment. When one starts changing the base programming of the pre-programmed human mind and raising the own inner frequency and vibrations, the organized gang stalkers creates a fear mongering enviroment, inducing a constant stressful reality, triggering and provoking the ego in change to act on these actions, and constant sensitizing the mind and constant creates sound/noise harassment interference, and using all forms of street theater and psychological communication street theater to affect the mind back to a suppressed state of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, phobias, paranoia, and horror and terror of the mind.

In this relative plane duality of concept is the natural logical consequence. Here in this plane we live the life of limited concept. In this plane we stand aloof from the rest of the creation. In this limited concept or ‘consciousness we struggle to meet conditions, which are our own creation and which otherwise do not exist. Logically we know that all consciousness is within us, or that we are that consciousness. But we have not the realization. The problem we face here is how we can come into the realization of our Divine Oneness. As our life is a concept, so is our Divine Consciousness. By changing our smaller ego concept for the greater concept we become the greater divine concept.

If we do not doubt our existence, which is our concept, then there is no reason to doubt the existence of our Ideal. Then whatever attribute we give to our highest Ideal does not change its nature if it is ever existant. The attributes change us according to our better and greater concept of life, if we let them change us.

The only secret of changing ourselves into our ideal quality is to let it manifest through us. First have the clear picture of its attributes, then always feel that it is an acting and moving power in you, then submit your-self to the absolute guidance of it. When a man can have that trust and repose which adds courage to his conviction, he soon comes to live the life of his Ideal. This life is a great mystery, yet this mystery is so easily unveiled by the magic touch of knowledge.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

Every thought or concept becomes a living force, according to the attributes we give it. In this relative plane we cannot conceive of any other life, except that which we become conscious of. We. cannot recognize life in any thing, without being conscious of it. To be conscious of life in any thing we first attribute the qualities of life to it.

The Earthly life is been conditioned by the concept of duality, fear of death, veil of ignorance, illusions and maya, negative fear programming, believing the forces is outside him and not within, believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. seeing the world through the smaller lens of the ego concept and not the lens of the divine soul, and identifying himself with the ego-body-identity and not the divine higher self as the real self. And Earth is actually been controlled by the archons and they keeping humand trapped in the lower mind/ego of the matrix and has imprisoned humankind in the low vibrational frequency world, and human id conditioned to just work on one vibrations and that is the beta brain waves.

Humankind is conditioned into concepts of the finite mind and not the infinite divine higher self.

Have Faith in yourself; Faith in the Infinite.

⦁ FAITH is the ‘eternal elixir’ which gives life, power and action to the impulse of thought!
⦁ The foregoing sentence is worth reading a second time, and a third, and a fourth. It is worth reading aloud!
⦁ FAITH is the starting point of all accumulation of riches!
⦁ FAITH is the basis of all ‘miracles’ and mysteries that cannot be analysed by the rules of science!
⦁ FAITH is the only known antidote to FAILURE!
⦁ FAITH is the element, the ‘chemical’ which, when mixed with prayer, gives one direct communication with Infinite Intelligence.
⦁ FAITH is the only agency through which the cosmic force of Infinite Intelligence can be harnessed and used.

FAITH is the element that transforms the ordinary vibration of thought, created by the finite mind of man, into the spiritual equivalent.

Develop your own inner powers by consciously “tuning in” your finite vibrations to the One Infinite Mind. The human mind is learned to tuning in the finite minds perception and the higher self tuning into the divine consciousness. The ego and finite represents the low vibrational state of the mind, and the real divine consciousness high vibrational frequencies.

“We have the possibility of perceiving a multitude of vibrations. There are, on the other hand, others which are beyond reach. By training our consciousness, we can expand and complete the field of our perceptions. Through yoga amd meditation one is reaching and strecthing out to higher levels of consciousness.

The supermind will be the formed body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a superior degree of human greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic force, saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man and his limits; it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper to human nature.

The Superman is one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance to the domain of Truth. He is in possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind – that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure principle of integral Truth-vision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the mind as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as what we call gravitation, light or consciousness.

It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that connect the three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to receive information from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention upward, these threads and cables fuse and widen as a symbolic bridge between the physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in two pieces. The lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create a direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain, where it is interpreted and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest achievements in religion, the arts, and business. At a later stage in our spiritual development, the higher span—the one between the soul and the higher mind—is built. It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.

The evolution of conscious mind to superconscious state of mind results in the perception becoming finer and finer. At the superconscious state of mind, the sense-perception is totally absent, it is tuned to receive the intuition. From a evolutionary perspective there is a huge potential latent in the part of the brain called the frontal cortex.

Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.

Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how the brain operates.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.

Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Interpreting our birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and why we’re here, but also the means to understand the energies within our psyche that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile and re-unite our ‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain.

When the ego fragments reality it creates sepration between the lower and higher and then feeding the concept of duality, and the concept of duality is held in place through fear programming, and when reality becomes distorted or the mind split into our subconscious and super-consciousness the vibrations slows down, and the consequence is man cannot access higher levels of consciousness.

The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for the rest of one´s life.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

Fear is used to keep their world in the split state of duality and in the the “dreamworld”

Duality cannot, and does not exist in the higher dimensional states of consciousness; therefore, it is impossible for the Ego to survive within the higher realities.

Mental stimulation causes vibration, and Theta is the perfect, natural healing stimulator-vibration. It’s what leads to total brain harmonisation, for you need use of all the brain speeds. Theta uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain — Beta’s faster vibratory speed is not conducive to direct access of Theta-bliss experiencing, and this most untapped natural dimension just needs to be activated to become established in consciousness. Once practice commences the metamorphosis into Theta also commences.

The influence of Beta only begins to lift— total dominance of left brain ceases and enlightenment, or expansion of conscious mind, begins. It soon becomes apparent that the non-direct experiencing of Theta’s healing nature in the mind and body — in conjunction with sufficient production of SOD as mentioned earlier—is the major contributing factor with regard to disease, ill-health and dysfunctional personality.

A clash of lower self functioning versus your soul’s desire for evolution — the intentions of the higher self Theta versus lower self ignorance, kept active through “Beta knowing” only. Remember, egotism is false, soul knowing is authentic. With direct knowing intuitive life commences. A lifestyle which expresses congruently with the Universal Mind, with evolution, with the spiritual principles of soul, unity awareness and healing; these are your soul’s nobler intentions.

Humans are trapped in a cycle of illusion, and their ignorance of this cycle keeps them locked in it, fully dependent upon their own interactions with the programs, the illusions of sensory experience which these provide, and the sensory projections of others. These projections are strengthened by humans’ enormous desire to believe that what they perceive to be real is in fact real.

As your mind proceeds from lowest frequencies of sense perception to the highest frequency of the atma , ego assumes the form of the background screen against which you see the images of the lower frequency patterns . For the physical body mind is the ego.

It’s necessary to move out of day-to-day beta consciousness and into alternative consciousness because it moves beyond polarity of either/or to either/and and links with Source energy where all possibilities exist. Beta state is the state of duality. The left brain hemisphere or the rational brain can´t access the structures of the soul. The ideas and concepts of the left brain is built up around the the three dimensional world of duality and polarity.

Everyday life in the human world can be likened to a polarity game; a pendulum swing between opposites. We only know what is ‘hot’ because we understand what is `cold’; we understand there is ‘darkness’ because we have the experience of ‘light’. Things in the physical world are known by their opposition: forces that are active and passive exert themselves upon human lives. Everything and everybody manifests its own polarity. Spirit and matter are extreme degrees of the same essence. Hermetic teachings state that:

Everything is dual; everything has poles; everything has its pair of opposites; like and unlike are the same; opposites are identical in nature, but different in degree; extremes meet; all truths are but half-truths; all paradoxes may be reconcited.

Polarities trick us into the illusion of taking sides, such as choosing which is the ‘winning’ side and which the ‘losing’. Yet to emotionally feel victorious, or defeated, is an energetic state of our choosing; and one that will demand much from a person. A person pays for taking emotional sides. People spend considerable energies dividing the world into people who are good or evil, rich or poor, intelligent or stupid, important or insignificant.

Often standards of ‘good’ and ‘evil’ depend upon individual or group criteria, usually handed down through social processes, and are not objective fact. And all too often people spend much of their lives categorizing what they ‘like’ and what they ‘dislike’. A person ‘likes these clothes, this style, at this time; then ‘dislikes’ them at a later lime. A person ‘likes’ this person at this time, then ‘dislikes’ them a moment later.

This is an easy trap to fall into, a continuing cycle of likes/dislikes that force a person to make mental and emotional attachments that distract the attention and drain personal energies. Within such polarities a person is forced to make judgments. Sometimes it is better if a person refrains from judging. It is harder to find contentment and happiness within a world of continual judgments. Remember the words of the New Testament: ‘Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother ‘s eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye’?” (Matthew 7:3). Too much external distraction takes the attention away from the real source within a person.

And there are forces too in the physical world that deliberately create strongly polarized energies (fear, stress, tension) in order to disrupt the formation of balanced polarities. So we should refrain from too easily jumping into the polarity game: step away and view the processes more objectively. In truth, it is not about our tikes or dislikes. This is an emotional seesaw that sways a person from one encounter to the next. A person who moves between likes and dislikes will find it more difficult to achieve harmony in their life.

Getting tied into polarities, between ‘beliefs and ‘non-beliefs’, is itself a subjective entanglement supplied by the physical world. After all, belief in ‘non-belief ‘ is still a belief.

Polarity then is a way of fixing one’s attention onto extemalities: we are generous or mean; we indulge or deny; we do ‘good’ or ‘bad’. However, it is often the case that by following attachment to a particular polarity a person is in fact indulging more. For example, the urge in some people to do ‘good’ (the ‘do-gooders’) is often a need to feel self-gratification, which is an internal reward. It is a form of greed. Yet greed to be generous is still greed: to indulge in our denial is still indulgence. Often, the ‘desire’ to be this or that is in fact a need to indulge our desires. There is no simple and pure act as long as a person exists through polarity. It is an illusion we rarely see and thus it draws a person in almost completely.

Polarity makes a person see events and challenges as a blessing or a curse. We rarely see them as simply events; moreover, events that we are asked to respond to. Being influenced by the swing of the pendulum that is polarity can create challenges and stress. It can be a struggle to try to find ‘one’s place’ within the contradictory nature of active and passive forces By stepping away a person can practice a form of patience that allows them to have a more objective understanding of events and influences.

We may not be able to escape the effects of polarity completely, yet we can shift ourselves to a more harmonious position. Physical life will ensure that the pendulum will continue to swing; only that with awareness and restraint we may escape being carried along with it: Perhaps it is only by standing back, emotionally, and testing our assumptions that we can become more the masters of ourselves and correspondingly less the slaves of circumstance.

To step away thus involves an awareness of physical and emotional participation within circumstances, events, experiences, and beliefs. Stepping away also involves an inward move (or ‘shift’) for a short time when a person feels it necessary to detach from noisy or distracting situations.

Perception — It’s a Matter of Perspective

The development of human perception is still often regarded as ‘spooky’, or as not a ‘normal’ pursuit, whereas in truth it is very necessary. It is accurate to say that a person has potential beyond their dreams. So much so that dreams sometimes inhibit a person because they cannot perceive deep enough or far enough.

Higher perception is a faculty that when operative is able to distinguish between what is information — the assembly of facts —and what is knowledge. While not everyone has the faculty of higher perception operating within them, many have the capacity to acquire it. There have always been a number of individuals within humanity that have aspired toward acquiring a higher functioning degree of perception. The efforts to achieve this have always been varied and with mixed results. It is therefore important that society, with its numerous forms of conditioning, does not dilute or distract these aims into lesser objectives. The focus and intention must remain resolute and committed. Many ‘metaphysical ways’ are discarded forms of previous teachings aimed at raising human consciousness (like a caterpillar that sheds its chrysalis).

A person must ensure that they do not become distracted by attraction to a nonfunctional and deteriorated system. Perception within a person is that which is able to recognize between information and knowledge: and between secondary (decayed) and primary (genuine) traces of real inner wisdom and insight. Many so-called ‘spiritual teachings have fallen to a lower level than their original functioning. Many now operate through repetition and/or emotional release mechanisms. In such systems there is an absence of real experience; replaced instead by subjective experience that the person takes to be significant, and an indicator of ‘higher knowledge’.

This relates to what was said previously: that ‘False gold only exists because there is such thing as the Real’. It is like arriving in a new country for the first time and finding that all the citizens wear different parts of a computer as fashion accessories — they are trendy; they look good: they are the ‘next best thing’; they imply status. etc — yet no one knows that the parts should be put together, or how, in order to produce a functioning whole: a computer. So too is much spiritual knowledge in this day and age so scattered, misunderstood, and inappropriately used. It is a characteristic of our human conditioning to collect various fragments and to consider this gathering together as a profitable and worthwhile enterprise — like going to a flea market and coming back with a handful of bargains. In the same way, people often feel that by collecting, dabbling, in various metaphysical-spiritual subjects—gathering bits of ‘useful’ information — that they are teaming and developing upon a correct inner path. Yet the haphazard collection of shiny objects will not necessarily produce a functioning system.

And it is highly doubtful that it ever will. This is a matter of perception, which needs to be developed upon. For this reason a degree of personal perception is crucial in recognizing the wheat from the chaff. Perception can be like trying to explain color to a blind person. Our over-reliance upon a stagnant form of intellectualism obstructs the true growth of our finer perceptions.

Once the bars of intellectual imprisonment have been removed there is the possibility for more subtle modes of perception to operate. The previous sentence must not be grasped as an intellectual hypothesis. Our conditioning (intellectual, emotional, mental) often creates a fight with those impacts and influences that could be most beneficial to us—just as a drowning person may fight off their rescuers amid the struggle. What we can do to help the ‘rescue’ is to shift our perspectives and their emphasis of attention: away from forms of dogma (linearity, regulations, ritual, etc) onto more conceptual forms that can be learned through experience. In other words, lose the linearity and make friends with the conceptual! Too many people, too much of the time, wish to talk about the various ‘shiny pieces’ and not about the whole; and often attempt to persuade others to exalt and praise the virtue of the pieces as if to validate their worth.

With correct perspective, a person can ‘step away’ from these fruitless enterprises and focus upon the inner whole. Remember: having more cannot compensate us for being less. Our finer perceptions may at first seem like a stranger to us: yet this is only through disuse, like an underused or slack muscle. Perception requires exercise; it is a matter of correct perspective. To enable correct perspective a person needs to practice discernment, and an awareness of presence and energy — as discussed in the previous chapters. The right kind of perspective, under the right conditions, can develop a person — and help to break the spell.

One step to begin this is to familiarize oneself with these ideas, to grasp them and feel their worth: yet not intellectually nor emotionally but with an inner organ of discernment. As the saying goes, the bird with its beak in salt water all year round does not know fresh water. If a person is not ready — not ‘equipped’ — to perceive certain things then these things do not exist for the person. Perceptions that are suited to present conditions may be lower than those perceptions that may be possible for a person to achieve. It is important to recognize (to perceive) that levels of development are always possible and that the ‘present moment’ only represents a stage along the way, and is almost never final.

If you do not, or cannot, understand something then you can do little about it. Each of us, in varying degrees, has the perception that we need to move forward. Some perceive it as an urge; others as a desire: or as a niggling suspicion. By not correctly acting, with perception, on this impulse humankind is open to a sense of dissatisfaction, which can increase according to the influence of extemal circumstances. In short, humanity has the function to move forward along its evolutionary destiny. The danger is that elements within our human societies may create false substitutes that provide temporary ‘fulfillment’. If our perceptions are limited to a lower capacity, then they are vulnerable to attracting stimuli, impulses, influences, etc that feed these perceptions and which perpetuate the entrapment of our perception.

These are our ‘narcotic distractions’ that come in many forms and which serve to distract us — to put a ‘spell’ on us — and thus artificially yet deliberately interfere with our capacity and potentials. In such states of diminished perception it becomes easy for the human mind to change its thinking and to start to believe that all current circumstances are a result of ‘fate’. Therefore, such experiences/states as uncertainty, insecurity, incompleteness, etc are all part of ‘fate’s struggle’ and are forces that a person must accept in their lives.

The extreme of this thinking is to view emptiness as a valid state in life: this perspective is nihilistic, or at best pseudo-existentialist. The forces of inertia must be overcome. To lose the force of forward momentum in our lives is to surrender to the ‘spell’ of our life’s conditioning. Internal energy must be provided in order to overcome the obstacles of external inertia. In other words, each person is required to make an individual effort to develop their perception, and thus increase their energetic state. Through self-development of perception a person can break free from distorted realities, from erratic energetic environments, and to glimpse other ‘realities’.

We have the capacity to define the fabric of our own perceptions, and to seek corresponding stimuli. It is our responsibility to extend our own tools of perception. There is no better time than the present to begin breaking our old perceptual patterns because humanity now has assistance: it is timely. That is, the evolutionary impulse that is now making its presence felt within humanity and upon the Earth facilitates changing patterns. It will be easier to break away from ingrained patterns — mentally, emotionally, and behaviorally — than at any other time in our present existence. In such periods, it is possible to make radical re-patterning and to develop perceptual insights. Perception is a form of deep intuition, which means learning to trust our insights. We can begin by familiarizing ourselves with the taste of our intuitions; to follow them, a little at first until we gain confirmation of their correctness.

As we receive validation of our intuitions both the signals forthcoming and our recognition and action on them will increase. This will confirm to us the truth of our own inner perceptions, until such taste becomes almost second nature to us. We don’t need to have expectations of immediately perceiving and understanding the bigger picture — the so-called ‘Grand Design’ — but we can begin by working to see how the smaller picture begins with oneself. A good way to start is by setting small yet achievable goals that can be accomplished. As previously described. we should begin by focusing and training our intentions, and to support these intentions with the appropriate energy. Working step-by-step, in incremental phases, we can develop ourselves to a more fully responsible human being in the world. This is a true goal of spiritual work on oneself: to be fully human.

It’s necessary to move out of day-to-day beta consciousness and into alternative consciousness because it moves beyond polarity of either/or to either/and and links with Source energy where all possibilities exist. Beta state is the state of duality. The left brain hemisphere or the rational brain can´t access the structures of the soul. The ideas and concepts of the left brain is built up around the the three dimensional world of duality and polarity, and the right brain hemissphere is built up around univrsal concepts of wholeness.

The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass consciousness.

Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.

Without the mind of God, people are the products of the mass subconscious – until we are ready to participate in the final freeing of spiritual man from the dominion of the sense consciousness. in the Bible as “the carnal mind,” “the natural man,” “the mind of the flesh,” etc. … may have than a consciousness arising wholly from the five senses, this consciousness is wholly of this material realm.

We are at a very important point in history right now Because we have the ability to regenerate our original organic imprint for health. And we don’t need science and fancy equipment to do this. We are just required to learn how To use what we came in with—our mind-body-spirit system to direct our mind to alter the scalar waves by which our DNA is composed.

Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them. People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;

Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis).

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

The Archons have enerrgy-grid-program around Earth to protect them from their program brought down

Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways. Fear is reflected in our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids. It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and it is an inherent part of our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time, diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even though the process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step into a new consciousness if we are not willing to undertake this path. And we will never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping out of fear has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your amygdala.

We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead of eating an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying, because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our DNA.

The veil of ignornace has made earth to a low vibrational prison planet and the archons controls the matrix and veil of ignorance. The veil of ignorance creates separation from the real self, real reality, real perception and disconnection from real knowledge. The veil of ignorance has been in place for eons and thosuends of years without people understanding what the veil of ignorance is, and how is control humankind within the matrix of the archons, and they are kept in the structures of mass consciousness. Mass consciousness and beta brain wave consciousness keeping humankind trapped within a ego-perception that is been controlled by others. Mass consciousness is not a divine consciousness. Beta brain waves, mass consciousness and the veil of ignoranve all prevent humans from breaking through the veil of ignorance. The veil of ignorance is like a thick wall one need to break through and has been in place for thosuends of years, so it may take many years of practice, spiritual teachings and meditation to break through the veil of ignorance, The more people directing their attention in the right direction the easier it becomes to access beyond this veil of ignorance.

The veil of ignorance creates fear because lack of knowledge creates fear for the unknown, and earth has been conditioned with this belief system to fear the unknown and be frightful, and this keeping humankind from searching in the depthts within themselves.

Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans.

If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for a particular organism, you can understand how the native human species has been partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like they took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized and hence unrecognizable.

As a result, Earth humans became locked into the third dimension (of the Matrix). What is happening now is that the information that was trashed in the library is slowly recombining back into form. When the 12 strands of D.N.A. are realigned they will plug into the 12 chakras, which are vortexes of information (7 are in the body and 5 are outside the body). Humans on Earth must now learn to reintegrate this information into the collective consciousness so that it is available to everyone. Just as Earth is a library, so too is your body. Every cell holds the history of the universe, and when you learn to extract this information and decode it into understanding you will become a conscious co-creator of reality. Light is information, so the paradigm of the new age is light.

Illusion is meant to entrap and enslave humanity. This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance. Consequently, the created world is a counterfeit world fashioned by the counterfeit spirit of the demiurge and his archons.

Ignorance is a limitation of knowledge. The problem with of Evil is the creation of ignorance and there is a veil of ignorance in the place in this world to create separation from the real higher self and to prevent humankind from have access to divine knowledge, and because of this the archons can control the world, humankind and keep them trapped within the low vibrational frequencies of the reptilian mind control reaility.

Humanity can remove the veil of Ignorance by ascending to the supramental level and by realizing integral knowledge. It is possible to realise the Divine Truth or integral knowledge again only through the spiritual evolutionary process.

Ignorance is like a veil wrapped around the human mind, a veil that prevents the mind from breaking free of the shackles of materialism. Through this veil, we see only a material world, with material beings. We see a material sky and material plants and animals. The veil of ignorance keeps us disconnected from life’s deeper reality.

Only taking in knowledge of the Self, such as the scriptures teach, removes the veil of ignorance and reveals the Self.

Knowledge how to break through the veil of ignorance, knowledge how to find the real higher self beyond this veil of ignorance, and how to develope infinite divine powers, the power of meditation, and how to switch from ego perception to the real higher self, and how the archons prevents spiritual progress out of the matrix

Scenario two looked like this: On the planet Earth, in a pleasant country of temperate climate, colonists from Earth are attacked by the most insidious of enemies—a parasite which digs its way into their very brains. The cellular units of the parasite may connect into a pseudo-organism of any magnitude—into an organization of cells many thousand times the size of the human brain. Furthermore, the cells have the property of mimicry. Once having contacted an organ of such complexity and capability as the human brain the parasite can easily duplicate it and learn to develop similar functions. It acquires the faculties of conscious thought, intelligence and self-awareness, and forms a mind of its own which floods the brains of its victims, reducing their own personalities to helpless subservience to a single Self, which is its own although made in the image of the human individual self.

The parasite begins a long program of controlled self-development and evolution preparatory to extending its domination to all other worlds where human colonies exist—and perhaps ultimately to all habitable worlds in the universe.

Then the men from Earth arrive. Although relatively naive they pose a threat. Firstly, they arrive at a time when the super-mind is still relatively undeveloped, having so far acquired only a fraction of the powers potential to it. Secondly, they have an impregnable base from which to operate, and within it a genetic engineering laboratory potentially capable of producing a living weapon which can destroy the super-mind.

The super-mind therefore tries to hide its real nature from the visitors, and attempts to seduce them into accepting parasitism by pretending to be harmless. Once it has taken over one of them, by one means or another, it stands a reasonable chance of getting into the ship, at which point it has won the battle. The men from Earth, although realizing the true state of affairs, hesitate over the proper course of action, giving the super-mind time to plan a winning strategy.

The men from Earth are absorbed into the super-mind and carry it back to an unsuspecting Earth, which is conquered with a minimum of trouble. After taking over Earth, the super-mind goes on to co-opt the whole universe to itself and, effectively, to become God. Maybe, it already happened once, an unimaginable age ago, and life in the universe as it is today is the wreckage of the last super-mind, which somehow destroyed itself.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The ego is the voice of the “old brain,” sometimes referred to as the reptilian brain, which has limited focus and awareness. Reptile brain can’t comprehend a Higher Self. The Higher Self, by contrast, can include the ego. The reptilian brain is also our automatic pilot. Therefore, the reptilian brain, purely mechanical and unconscious in its operations. Then the the old brain is the ego and when the old mechanical automatic pilot thought patterns starts changing, the Ego is threaten by change and its old created fear and reaction patterns.

The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life.

Normally, when we slow down our brain waves by relaxation or meditation, they eventually settle down to Delta, which is the unconscious or sleep state. However, if we can slow down or reduce the frequency of our brain waves without falling asleep (which is one of the keys to understanding its powers), then a person can perform certain mental tasks at one brain wave, which he cannot do at other brain wave levels. For example, at the Alpha level, one can project his consciousness or awareness into the future and know what’s going to happen before it does (technically called precognition). He can project his consciousness into the past and know what happened without being there (called retrocognition). He can project his awareness to another person and know what he is thinking of (through telepathy). He can project his awareness to a distant place he has never been to before and describe it accurately (through remote viewing or travelling clairvoyance). He can also heal himself and others through mental imagery or visualization. Why is this possible? Because at the Alpha level, the brain waves, both of the left brain hemisphere and the right, are synchronized. And when this happens, the person is able to tap the tremendous powers and knowledge hidden in the subconscious mind consciously. Therefore, training ourselves to think at the Alpha level without falling asleep offers tremendous benefits and powers for everyone.

The Alpha rhythm is important not only because it enables us to perform some incredible things with our brains but also being in that state can boost our immune system and thus keep us healthy. Going into Alpha also removes stress and increases mental ability. When we are in meditative state, we are at the Alpha level of our brain waves.

recognition of resistance: resistance to insight; resistance to knowing the self; resistance, therefore, to arriving at the truth. The recognition of the Truth opens the door to transcendence.

Transcendence of what? Transcendence of the lower and more primitive part of the personality. Consciousness is the Intelligent Plan that directs the atom to the proper atom to make the proper molecule and, in turn, to join Oxygen with Hydrogen to make water. This Intel-ligent Plan hovers over the universe of universes and imparts order to everything. It is the Intelligent Plan that we call Consciousness.

You will see that our individual consciousness, the director of the personality, rises to higher and higher levels in the return to HOME. But don’t be deceived. This is not automatic, and it is not passively received. Instead one must work to find the inner resistance to growth, the inner resistance to facing the fear inside, and then to withstand the fear in the sure knowledge that one will break through to a higher degree of freedom. Along with this comes greater insight into the self and greater personal strength with which to meet the trials of life. Finally, one can ascend to a position of love-wisdom, ready to face the travails of life, and to assist fellow-humans along the way.

The purpose of evolution is to reveal the Spirit of the Superconscience that is concealed within the dark chambers of the lower triple of Matter, Life and Mind. In other words, it aims at the transition of ignorance towards true knowledge. But the evolutionary process not only aims at the revelation of the Spirit or the removal of ignorance but it also intends a radical and integral transformation or the manifestation of a permanent new order of beings in the field of terrestrial existence. In other words, it aims at the evolution of supramental beings rather than spiritual beings. Till now man as a mental being is able to raise himself from the mental level to the spiritual poise. But the spiritualization of a group of men is not the end of the evolutionary process. Another instrumentation higher than mind has begun to develop in man. That instrumentation is the Supermind.

The nature of the Supermind – Knowledge at the mental level is largely mixed up with ignorance, but knowledge at the level of the Supermind is free from ignorance and proceeds to reveal a greater light. However, the Supermind does not operate until the spiritual mental being rises fully to the level of the Supermind which can bring down its powers into the terrestrial exis-tence. The gap between mind and the Supermind is vast. So the intention of the evolutionary process can be fulfilled by the process of the triple transformation.

The triple transformation includes the psychic change, the spiritual change and the supramental transmutation.

There must first be the psychic change, the conversion of our whole present nature into a soul-instrumentation, on that or along with that there must be the spiritual change, the descent of a higher Light, Knowledge, Power, Force, Bliss, Purity into the whole being, even into the lowest recesses of the life and body, even into the darkness of our subconscience; last, there must supervene the supramental transmutation, —there must take place as the crowning movement the ascent into the Supermind and the transforming descent of the supramental Consciousness into our entire being and nature.”

Psychic transformation or psychic change is the first step towards spiritual change of Nature. The psychic entity is not something mysteri-ous. The psychic part of our being is the soul or the central being or the inner being. The phrase ‘Central being’ in our yoga, says Sri Aurobindo, is usually applied to the portion of the Divine in us which supports all the rest and survives through death and birth. This central being has two forms above, it is Jivasman, our true being, of which we become aware when the higher self-knowledge comes, below, it is the psychic being which stands behind mind, body and life.

The soul, representative of the central being, is a spark of the Divine supporting all individual existence in Nature, the psychic being is a conscious form of that soul growing in the evolution — in the persistent process that develops first life in matter, mind in life, until finally mind can develop into overmind and overmind into the supramental Truth. The soul sup-ports the nature in its evolution through these grades, but is itself not any of these things.

The Psychic which is the divine spark in man is an ever pure flame of the Divinity and this flame is never extinguished nor its purity ever polluted by anything that enters into it. In view of its purity it is always aware of truth of being and truth of nature. It is also deeply conscious of truth, good and beauty and this is the inherent character of the psychic. The psychic being or the divine light in man is unfortunately veiled in the dark chamber of our inconscience. If the psychic being from the beginning remains unveiled, naturally the spiritual transformation can easily take place.

If the psychic entity had been from the beginning unveiled and known to its ministers, not a secluded King in a screened chamber, the human evolution would have been a rapid soul outtlowering, not the difficult, checkered and disfigured development it now is, but the veil is thick and we know not, the secret Light within us, the light in the hidden crypt of the heart’s innermost sanctuary.

The psychic being is not affected by our external experience. But when the intimations rise from the inner psychic being to the surface being they arc distorted by the impurity, smallness, imperfection, error of our mind, life and body. It is only when man is conscious of his psychic being and brings it to the fore-front as a guide of his surface being and external activity that the Psychic transformation takes place.

The spiritual transformation, according to Sri Aurobindo, takes place slowly. We have already pointed out, firstly, the psychic or the inner being is veiled within the dark chamber of ignorance. Secondly, the intimation rising from the inner being is coated by the mental covering. Thirdly, man is simultaneously a unique and multi-person. He is a unique person in the sense that he is the divine, and his self is identical with the indivisible Infinite, omnipotent Absolute. But he is a multi-person in the sense that he is not aware of his true self. He becomes a combination of physical, vital and mental Purushas.

The physical Purusha very often dominates some individuals, while others are subjected to vital desiresand some other persons tend to become mental beings. The mental persons predominantly live in their mind. They gradually control their will, interest and ideals through their mind. They are able to compress and suppress their demands of lives. bodies etc.

Mind in spite of its power is often impotent before the inconscient and subconscicnt which obscure its clarity and carry it away on the tide of instinct or impulse; in spite of its clarity it is fooled by the vital and emotional suggestions into giving sanction to ignorance and error, to wrong thought and to wrong action, or it is obliged to look on while the nature follows what it knows to be wrong, dangerous or evil.”

The first condition for the psychic transformation is the complete emergence of the soul and a direct contact of the surface being with the spiritual reality. There are three approaches to establish the above contact. The first approach is evinced in the soul’s complete emergence or coming to the forefront of the personality, by establishing a direct link of the surface personality with the Supreme Reality and seeking this Reality through the good, the truth and the beautiful, through all that is pure and fine, high and noble.

The second approach for the direct contact of the surface being with the Reality is through the heart, through a love and adoration of the All-Beautiful, All-Blissful, the All-Good, the aesthetic and the emotional worship. The third approach of the soul is the surrender of the pragmatic will to the supreme will which proceeds by gradual elimination of the ego-will and its native power of desire. All these three approaches, the surrender of the mind, the surrender of the heart and the surrender of the will bring the psychic being to the fore-front and make him the master of the surface being.

Besides these three approaches the individual, for the achievement of psychic transformation, must shift his centre of consciousness from the surface level to his inner being. He must gradually become the inner person. The individual must have the strong force of call, aspiration or effective discipline to break down the wall that exists between the surface and the inner being. But the aspiration of the individual must not be subjected to egoism, self-interest and passion. He must possess a sincere will for purity, readiness for the obedience to Truth and surrender to the Highest.

When the psychic contact takes place in an individual he becomes conscious of the experience that he has lived always eternally — in the past, present and future, life and death lose their significance as he gets the experience of immortality. This leads to the psychic change discussed supra. When the psychic integration is achieved by an individual, the following results follow.

Firstly, the wall between the inner and the outer beings breaks down. The inner light or fire burns in one’s heart and it refines the consciousness and substance of his nature. Secondly, the psychic being guides and governs from within the function of life, mind and body and exposes each moment to the light of Truth, repeals what is false, obscure, opposed to the divine realization. This implies that every movement, thought, action, reaction, motive will, emotion, sensation etc. every region and every nook and corner of the being is brightened up by the psychic light. As a result of this the whole being is turned towards spiritual truth of thought, feeling, sense of action and comes out of the darkness of ignorance. Thirdly, the individual receives different kinds of spiritual experiences such as experience of the self, experience of Cosmic Consciousness, a direct touch with Cosmic forces and with the occult movements of Universal Nature, a psychic sympathy and unity and inner communication and interchanges of all kinds with other beings and with Nature.

The psychic change and integration culminates in an opening of the consciousness to the higher regions of the consciousness. It is completed by an opening upward to a supreme spiritual status or a higher existence. This opening is nothing but an ascent of consciousness into the ranges of the overwind and supramental nature.

All these changes can be briefly stated as a contact of the individual with the Supreme Reality through his mind and heart and will with an experience of the Truth, Good and Beauty.

The most important characteristic of the evolutionary process as outlined by Sri Aurohindo is that it is firstly spiritualistic. It is neither materialistic nor vitalistic. Though matter is at the base of the evolution-ary process, it is not the original or the ultimate cause of the manifesta-tion of the cosmos. The spirit that is hidden behind material existence is the sole cause of creation. Evolution implies the unfoldment of consciousness or Divine or Spirit that is hidden in Matter, Life and Mind. It moves from Mind to the Higher Mind, the Illumined Mind, Intuition, the Overmind and the Supermind finally culminating in Sachchidananda’ s Existence — Conscious Force — Bliss. Thus the evolu-tionary process aims at the transition of the Spirit from its original state of darkness of ignorance towards true knowledge. It aims at the spir-itualization of Matter, Life and Mind and supramentalisation of not only the mental being but the total consciousness. This includes the ascent from non-being to the true Being and from mortality to Immortality.

Secondly, this theory of evolution is based upon the principles of involution and evolution. Evolution is just the inverse process of involu-tion. Involution implies the descent and plunging of Consciousness in the dark chamber of Ignorance and Inconscience and here it means Sachchidananda involving itself in the lower forms of existence.

which the sense of Self and Spirit is ever unveiled and permanent and in which the Self-luminous instru-mentation of the Self and Spirit is not restricted or divided as in our mind-nature, life-nature, body-nature.

It is to be noted that the Superconscience is veiled from us by the hard lid of mind, though by itself it is permanently bright and luminous. But under the pressure of psycho-spiritual change the lid of the mind breaks down and the individual consciousness rising up to the supramen-tal level feels the descent of the power of Infinity.

What we see by the opening of vision is an Infinity above us, an eternal Presence or an infinite Existence, an infinity of consciousness: an infinity of bliss — a boundless Self, a boundless Light; a boundless Power, a boundless Ecstasy.”

But the individual consciousness can ascend to the Supercon-science even long before the psycho-spiritual change takes place. The psychic transformation and a strong aspiration towards superconscience may destroy the heavy lid of mind that covers the Superconscience. As a result of that the mind rises to the higher place of the pure self- silent, tranquil and illimitable and feels the infinite power and divine presence. This ascension, however, does not bring about a total transformation, for the memory of transformation at this stage remains vague or fragmentary and the Consciousness falls hack to its original state. But the memory of the ascent is recovered in course of time and the ascent of the Consciousness takes place again. To make the accent permanent and stable a third condition is needed. This condition is the Supramental Transformation.

Besides the psychic and the spiritual transformations the supramen-tal transformation is required for transcending the dark ignorance that covers up the lower triple of matter, life and mind. At this stage of supramental transformation the Superconscience or the Divine Light descends and penetrates into the lower triple of mind, life and body. All darkness and confusions gradually disappear. A higher and greater truth-wisdom enters into our being:

a new consciousness begins to form, the mind of a high wideself-existent thinking knowledge or an illumined or an intuitive oran overmental consciousness with new forces of thought or sight and a greater power of direct spiritual realization which is more than thought or sight, a greater becoming in the spiritual substance of our present being, the heart and the sense become subtle, intense, large to embrace all existence, to see God, to feel and hear and touch the Eternal, to make a deeper and closer unity of self and the world in a transcendent realization’

The most important characteristic of the evolutionary process as outlined by Sri Aurohindo is that it is firstly spiritualistic. It is neither materialistic nor vitalistic. Though matter is at the base of the evolution-ary process, it is not the original or the ultimate cause of the manifesta-tion of the cosmos. The spirit that is hidden behind material existence is the sole cause of creation. Evolution implies the unfoldment of consciousness or Divine or Spirit that is hidden in Matter, Life and Mind. It moves from Mind to the Higher Mind, the Illumined Mind, Intuition, the Overmind and the Supermind finally culminating in Sachchidananda’ s Existence — Conscious Force — Bliss. Thus the evolu-tionary process aims at the transition of the Spirit from its original state of darkness of ignorance towards true knowledge. It aims at the spir-itualization of Matter, Life and Mind and supramentalisation of not only the mental being but the total consciousness. This includes the ascent from non-being to the true Being and from mortality to Immortality.

Secondly, this theory of evolution is based upon the principles of involution and evolution. Evolution is just the inverse process of involu-tion. Involution implies the descent and plunging of Consciousness in the dark chamber of Ignorance and Inconscience and here it means Sachchidananda involving itself in the lower forms of existence.

Evolution implies the emergence of Consciousness from the lower forms into the higher forms of existence. The Conscious-Force of Sachchi-dananda gradually emerges or evolves from material, vital and mental existence and reaches the stage of Sachchidananda until it is fully manifested. The involution of the spirit or the Divine in lower forms of existence precedes the evolution of consciousness towards the Supreme Reality. There can be no evolution without involution.

An Involution of the Divine Existence, the spiritual Reality in the apparent inconscicnce of Matter is the starting point of the evolution. But that Reality is in its nature an eternal Existence, Consciousness, Delight of Existence:theevolution must then be an emergence of this Existence, Consciousness, Delight of Exis-tence, not at first in its essence or totality but in evolutionary forms thatexpress or disguise it outof the Inconscient Existence appears in a first evolutionary form as substanceof Matter created by an inconscient Energy. Consciousness, involved and non-apparent in Matta, first emerges in the disguise of vital vibrations, animate but subconscient; then in imper-fect formulations of a conscient life, it strives towards self-finding through successive forms of that material substance, forms more and more adopted to its own completer expression’

Thirdly, Use evolutionary process is based on the triple principles of widening, ascent and integration. The widening principle implies the increasing complexity of the Iowa principle. It is the essential condition for the evolution of higher Ions of existence. Matter must be sufficiently developed to manifest Life. This implies that the forms of matter thus evolved become more and more organized in subtlety and complexity so that it shall form the indispensablephysical foundation for manifesting a more astute and intricate consciousness.

Moreover, the process of evolution is based upon the ascent or heightening of consciousness from its lower status to its higher status.

Matter through 1, arious gradations ascends up to the level of Sachchidan-anda. It has already been pointed out that evolution is in essence a process of heightening of consciousness.

The consciousness now present in the manifest being has to be raised into the greater intensity of what is still unmanifcst from matter into life, from life into mind, from mind into the spirit. This is the method of our growth from our mental condition into a spiritual and supramental manifestation. Man is still a half-animal creature and he has to grow into a divine being and a divine living, he has to achieve a new spiritual height, wideness, depth, subtlety, intensity of his consciousness and acquire the substance, the force, the sensibility, the elevation, the expansion, plasticity and integral capacity of a larger divine existence.

The most important feature of this evolutionary process is integra-tion. When the lower principle ascends to the higher level of conscious-ness, all the previous lower principles are transformed. The higher principle that emerges transforms the lower realities and both the higher and the lower principles are integrated. For example, when life emerges from matter, it transforms matter and with the emergence of Life, Matter does not cease to evolve. Both Matter and Lifc again are together transformed into the higher principle of Mind. When Mind emerges, both Matter and Life become more sensitive and powerful. When the Supermind emerges, the lower triple of matter, life and mind gct transformed.

There is a power lying hidden in us, the true self or spirit self that transcends the finite self of the sense-being, by the use of which we can rise to higher and better things. These are the hidden powers with which we find our path, our way to our true self, to the inner master. “There is a power lying hidden in man, by the use of which he can rise to higher and better things. There is in man a greater Self. As soon as you know its nature, you no longer call the result a miracle, because the power that produces it is no longer mysterious.

What if we really knew this about ourselves, and believed it, each and every one of us: “There is a power lying hidden in man, by the use of which he can rise to higher and better things. There is in man a greater Self, that transcends the finite self of the sense-man, even as the mountain towers above the plain.” What kind of world would we be able to create, what might we build on this foundation? In a culture obsessed with success and its outward trappings, how can we find and harness the true expression of our passion and inspiration? How can we separate ourselves from the stream of false promises and zero in on the power within each of us to fulfill the true promise of our own destiny, and in the process transform our world, and ourselves, for the better?

Man possesses, did he but know it, illimitable Power.D.1 This Power is of the Spirit, therefore, it is unconquerable. It is not the power of the ordinary life, or finite will, or human mind. It transcends these, because, being spiritual, it is of a higher order than either physical or even mental. This Power lies dormant, and is hidden within man until he is sufficiently evolved and unfolded to be entrusted with its use. Thought is a spiritual power of tremendous potency, but this is not the power of which we speak. By thought, man can either raise himself up and connect himself with the “Power House” of the Universe, or cut himself off entirely from the Divine Inflow. His thought is his greatest weapon, because, by it he can either draw on the Infinite or sever himself (in consciousness, but not in reality) from his Divine Source.

Through the Divine Spark within him, which is really his real Self, man is connected with the Infinite. Divine Life and Power are his, if he realizes that they are his. So long as he is ignorant of his oneness with the Divine Source of all life, he is incapable of appropriating the power that is really his. If, however, he enters into this inner knowledge, he finds himself the possessor of infinite power and unlimited resources. This Power, then, is God’s, yet it is also man’s, but it is not revealed to him until he is fit to be entrusted with it. It is only when man realizes his oneness with his Divine Source that he becomes filled with Its power.

It will acts be seen how great is the power of man’s thought. While thought is not the power of the Spirit, it is the power by which man either connects himself up with the Infinite Power, opening himself to the Divine Inflow, or cuts himself off and separates himself from his Spiritual Source. Thus, in a sense, man is what he thinks he is. If he thinks he is separate from God and cut off from His Power, then it is as though this were really the case, and he is just as impotent and miserable as though he actually existed apart from God.

On the other hand, if he thinks and believes that he is one with the Infinite, he finds that it is gloriously true, and that he is really a son of God. If he believes and thinks that he is a mere material being, then he lives the limited life of a material being, and is never able to rise above it. But if, on the contrary, he thinks and believes that he is a spiritual being, then he finds that he possesses all the powers of a spiritual being. Again, if he thinks that his work is difficult and that he is not equal to his tasks, he finds that really his tasks are difficult and beyond his powers.

Yet on the other hand, if he believes his work is easy, or, at any rate, within his powers, he finds that such is the case, and that he can do his work with ease. The power within is infinite, for, by faith in it, man is directly “coupled up” with the Spiritual Power of the Universe. The Divine Spark within him connects him to the Sacred Flame, thus making him potentially a god in the making. A change then, must take place within man before he can enter into his Divine inheritance. He must learn to think after the Spirit, i.e., as a spiritual being, instead of after the flesh, i.e., as a material creature.

The extent of the Power that man can bring into his life is the measure of his faith in that Power. If his faith in It is small, then his life will be feeble and lacking in achievement. If his faith in the Power within him is large, then great will be the power manifesting in his life. The Power of the Infinite is illimitable and inexhaustible: all that is required is an unquenchable belief and trust in it. The weakest and most timid can make use of this Power. There is the same Power in the timid and weak as in the brave and strong. The weakness of the former is due to a lack of faith and belief in the Infinite Power within them.

There is only one journey: going inside yourself. In man lies hidden perfection barred and locked away by ignorance. The truth about our real divine nature lies hidden in the inner recess of our heart.

The invisible spiritual word of divine power works with and through the visible essence, as the soul with and through the body.

All earth shall become the open home of the Spirit, no longer veiled by the body and the life, no longer hidden by the mind’s ignorance. “The universe shall reveal its hidden meaning, creation’s process shall change its age-old appearance, and the hierarchy of this evolution in ignorance shall release the Wisdom imprisoned underneath its base i.e. in the Inconscience.

“The Spirit shall no more stay hidden in the obscurity of form, it shall be the undisputed sovereign of his world; Nature shall reverse the process of her action, the external world shall reveal the Truth it conceals. All things shall bring into open their hidden Godhead. All shall reveal the light and might of the Spirit embodied in it and move to its destined goal of felicity.

“But before that the high Truth must first descend on earth, man must aspire for the light of the Eternal, all his parts feel and respond to the touch of the Spirit and all his life-movements obey the inner Force of the Spirit.

“Man shall awake to the possibility lying hidden in himself, to all that has been dormant in his heart, to all the intention in Nature when the earth was first formed and to the purpose for which the Spirit chose to make this ignorant world his home. And he shall aspire to realise and manifest the Truth latent in himself, God intended by Nature to be delivered from her, Bliss for the revelation of which the Spirit made his home in this world.

“The higher beings, rendering a higher, diviner law into life, instruments of the supreme design of the creative Divine, shall uplift man. Man shall want to climb to his own unsealed heights. The truth that is above this lower hemisphere shall awaken the truth that is embedded below. Even the dumb, inconscient earth shall become a conscious force.

“The summits of the Spirit and the base of Nature shall come close to the common secret of their respective truths and know each other as but one divine manifestation. The Spirit shall look out through the eyes of Matter and Matter shall reveal the face of the Spirit. Then shall man and superman become one and all on earth become one single Life. There will be no division, no separation of one from another, any longer.

“Even the common multitude — not the few awakened ones alone — shall hear the Voice of God and turn inwards to commune with the living Spirit within and strive to obey in their lives the higher spiritual law. I his earth shall be moved with sublimer impulses, humanity shall awake to its deepest self, and Nature shall come to recognise the godhead hidden in herself. Even the multitude shall respond in some way and bear the splendour of the Divine’s invasion and his loud, impatient knock on the subtler doors of the being.

“A heavenlier passion shall bear men’s lives upwards; their mind shall partake of the gleam of the ineffable; their heart shall feel the high ecstasy and the fire; the bodies on earth shall become conscious of an indwelling soul; the slaves of mortality shall unfetter their bonds; those who are mere men now shall grow into spiritual beings and behold the dormant divinity awake.

“Intuition shall play on the heights of nature; a new revelation shall set astir the depths of nature; the one Truth shall lead men’s lives; Truth shall govern their thought, speech and act; Men shall feel themselves lifted up nearer to the sky, as though they were but a little lower than the gods.

“For knowledge shall flood with its radiant streams and even the darkened, obscure mind shall vibrate with a new life, burn with the fire of the Ideal and turn to free itself from the hold of mortal ignorance.

“The present borders of ignorance shall retreat and more and more souls shall enter into light; lit and inspired by the light, minds shall hear the call of the occult, divine summoner, lives shall blaze with a sudden inner tongue of fire, hearts shall be charmed with divine (not human) delight, human wills shall tune themselves to the divine will. These selves — now separate from each other — shall come to feel their oneness in the Spirit; the earthly senses shall grow capable of experiencing heavenly sensation, the flesh and nerves shall learn to feel a new ethereal joy, the mortal bodies shall find it possible to assume immortality.

“A divine force shall course through every tissue and cell and govern the breath, speech and act; all the thoughts shall be luminous with the radiance of knowledge and every feeling shall throb with a celestial thrill.

“Thus shall the earth open to divine Nature and common natures begin to feel the all-embracing, to illumine common acts with the ray of the Spirit and to meet the divine being in common things. Then shall Nature live to manifest the Godhead hidden in her, the Spirit take charge of the human play and this earthly life become the life divine.”

Supermind is already here but it is involved, concealed behind this manifest mind, life and Matter and not yet acting overtly or in its own power: if it acts, it is through these inferior powers and modified by their characters and so not yet recognisable.

Spiritual empowerment is the personal awakening that we are spiritual beings put here to evolve and expand. We all have the opportunity to awaken to the reality that we are spiritual beings in a biological body. The body likes to be in control and the spirit has to be awakened to its power. This is the process of becoming aware that we are more than humans with bodies. Once we become aware, we start a process of transformation that requires us to set our sights to the intention of heightened awareness. We should with joyful participation anticipate expansion, growth, maturity, evolution, and ecstasy!

Nowadays dream of a utilitarian Utopia governed by techno-crats. For him, man’s essential purpose in incarnating is not to exploit nature, nor merely to invent machines, nor to make the building of an earthly Paradise the final goal, but to seek first the Kingdom of Divine Power within, whence, without man’s inhumanity to man, all things needful to the progress of our race on this planet will flow inexhaustibly ; till, in the fullness of time, man will have ceased to be man, having attained the Other Shore beyond all realms of Illusion.

When you know the nature of any power, the results of its use are never mysterious to you. Yet miracles are wrought! And there are mysteries! It is always the unknown powers which are mysterious to you; it is such powers work what you call miracles! Yet a miracle is naught but the inevitable result of the ordinary operation of some power, which is unknown to you at the time the miracle is wrought. So long as the power is unknown to you, its operation is mysterious, and you call the result a miracle. But as soon as you know its nature, you no longer call the result a miracle, because the power that produces it is no longer mysterious.

Miracles can be wrought by you, when you learn to use the powers which are now unknown to you There are still many unknown powers of sound and of mind, of light and of love, of electricity and of life, of cosmic rays and of spirit; and each of them works miracles. There are many other powers still unknown to you, and many powers not yet known to any mind on earth.

Certainly, our term–soul –is not satisfactory to any thinker or scientist. But it is the best word we can use to designate the inner you, which includes all powers of mind and love and life and spirit. And the terms, mind and spirit, are no more satisfactory than some of the terms physicists use–such as light waves, ether, generator–each of which is ridiculous as a defiFITE4—term. We can not use the word mind to designate what we mean by soul, because mind is only one of the powers of the soul. Love also can not be used as a synonym for soul, for it also is butone of the soul’s powers. So until we coin a more defining word, we are forced to use the term, soul, for the total inner you.

Just as there are different rates of motion of physical powers and radiant energies, so also–in the realm of soul–there are slow and rapidly moving powers.

Mind is the slowest of all the soul powers. Faith is a seed in the heart, not in the mind. The infinite intelligence communicates to us through our heart and not our heads. LIFE in the infinite happens through intuition. Mastery of the intuitive process, as with mastery of any skill, is tapping into the infinite intelligence.

Infinite Intelligence have granted free will for all This is the intelligence that knows you more than you know yourself Enjoy the life in the infinite have a bliss, and you will never be the same. When we open our hearts, we gain access to the beauty, the aliveness, the wonder, and the inspiration that life is. When your thoughts are free of blockade, you will notice the energy in the feeling. The energy has a vibration. This is when you feel the energy vibrate through your body. The intensity of the energy is your power.

Spiritual empowerment is the personal awakening to its power. We have all the opportunity to awaken to the reality that we are spiritual beings in a biological body. Humans is a soul with a body, not a body with a soul. The body likes to be in control (through five senses) and the spirit has to be awakened to its power. That is the process of becoming aware that we are more than humans with bodies. Once we become aware, we start a process of transformation that requires us to set up our sights on the intention of heightened awareness.

You have to leave the city of your comfort and go into the wilderness of your intuition. What you will discover will be wonderful. What you discover will be yourself.

The root chakra aligns with the sephiroth Malchut and symbolizes the id. The id is the Beta brainwaves in the unconscious part of the mind which contains the basic instinctual desires uninfluenced by reality.

There is no satisfaction and pleasant in the domain of “Beta”, in same way there is no peace of life in the “Beta” state, and there is no oneness in the beta state because duality cannot exist in higher realms of oneness, and ego cannot exist in oneness, and the”rational” beta brain wave cannot acccess the soul.

When we are only in the beta state, we do not have access to other states of awareness, we have not access to other dimensions, we have not access to other realities.

Through meditation one learn the ability to (lowering, stilling, quitening, emptying the beta brain waves) and redirect one´s brain energy—shifting one´s mind state into optimal patterns where one become more receptive to new learning. The “theta state” acquire super-receptivity to new information, and the super-learning ability comes through the inutitive mind, which has the ability to instantly access information in the Alpha State of Consciousness in the present “now”.

The heart chakra aligns with the sephiroth Tipharet and symbolizes our emotions. We radiate and receive emotions as the Delta brainwaves that act to motivate us. We can convert all of our negative emotions to positive when we apply our devotion to the work of creation.

The fourth heart chakra holds the secret key to immortality and it holds the secret key of the “universal panacea” or the “universal medicine”, because in the depths of the fourth chakra is were the “Philosopher´s Stone can be found. When the heart chakra finally opens, this new storehouse of divine energy will flow out to the other chakras as well, and when this chakra is open it will be the new root chakra of existence for one´s life.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

The brain is the instrument through which reality reveals itself. Perceiving reality only through our body/ego-identification requires the use of a very limited part of our brain.

Beta brain waves dominate the normal waking state of consciousness when attention is directed towards the outside world. Meditation is the art of switching attention from the outer “beta” frequency of the world, to the inner world through alpha, theta and delta brain waves.

Because the beta brain waves is anchored in outer world it creates a error; The error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, and this creates the error of limitation; Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Its the intellect and ego that binds him to “The Matrix”.

When you are in the Beta Consciousness State of mind that uses a faster frequency, you are unable to transmit on the necessary brain wave frequency for directing your subconscious to make changes. It is analogous to radio reception. First you must be on the correct radio station channel frequency to get clear reception. Then you can call and reach that channel to offer your comments and someone is there to answer the phone and respond.

When you are in your normal Beta Consciousness State, it is like being unable to tune in to the correct radio station for effective subconscious communications.

When a person becomes more spiritually aware, they are more in tune with the connection of mind, body, and spirit. There is a greater sense of universal awareness. The person understands concepts and ideas beyond the scope of earthly intelligence.

Yoga teaching one thing; to tune in other brain waves than the beta brain waves. Yoga teaching to turn off the beta state mind by lowering, stilling, quitening or emptying the brain on brain waves.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

“The cure is in your hidden mind.” Notice these wise words, “The cure is in your hidden mind”. In fact, for over 6,000 years, the Indians knew it, and practice Ayuveda until today. This is a form of mind and body teaching. To be able to restore the whole body-energy system one need to connect to the inner-movement of vibrations.

The ‘vibration’, ‘inner-movement, or any similar word for any culture is fundamentally meant as frequency. The only invisible thing in our bodies that moves is our energy. To be able to use this energy (the mind power), our brains need to work at the right frequency — namely Alpha, Theta and Delta. It is like the engine of a car using the correct spark-plugs to generate energy that moves the wheels.

Meditation Is for All

Meditation is the best way to speed up the process of spiritual evolution, regardless of the stage a person has reached on the long staircase to enlightenment. The goal is to use all sides of the brain simultaneously and the whole body as an integral whole.

Normally, when we slow down our brain waves by relaxation or meditation, they eventually settle down to Delta, which is the unconscious or sleep state. However, if we can slow down or reduce the frequency of our brain waves without falling asleep (which is one of the keys to understanding its powers), then a person can perform certain mental tasks at one brain wave, which he cannot do at other brain wave levels.

For example, at the Alpha level, one can project his consciousness or awareness into the future and know what’s going to happen before it does (technically called precognition). He can project his consciousness into the past and know what happened without being there (called retrocognition). He can project his awareness to another person and know what he is thinking of (through telepathy). He can project his awareness to a distant place he has never been to before and describe it accurately (through remote viewing or travelling clairvoyance). He can also heal himself and others through mental imagery or visualization.

Why is this possible? Because at the Alpha level, the brain waves, both of the left brain hemisphere and the right, are synchronized. And when this happens, the person is able to tap the tremendous powers and knowledge hidden in the subconscious mind consciously. Therefore, training ourselves to think at the Alpha level without falling asleep offers tremendous benefits and powers for everyone.

The Alpha rhythm is important not only because it enables us to perform some incredible things with our brains but also being in that state can boost our immune system and thus keep us healthy. Going into Alpha also removes stress and increases mental ability. When we are in meditative state, we are at the Alpha level of our brain waves.

There are as many definitions of meditation as there are commentators on it. To one, meditation is simply quieting one’s mind by focusing on only one idea or object. To another, meditation is just being silent and thinking of nothing at all, if that’s possible. Meditation means to emptying of one’s self and focusing completely on one’s highest ideal. Zen masters do this when they meditate. They completely forget anything connected with the mind. The end of Zen meditation is “having no mind” at all.

The Supermind, unlike the mind, is not shrouded by Ignorance. Its knowledge is not confined to narrow ego-sense. The integral knowledge at the Supramental level is not veiled within the dark chamber of inconscience. The vision at this level is cosmic, all comprehensive, all extensive, all inhabiting, the subjective timeless, spaceless static self-awareness and the objective dynamic knowledge in space and time are simultaneously present at this level of consciousness.

The development of this faculty or “Heart Awareness” is not of the lower mind or conditioned mind but of an acutely awakened mind or super mind, which is in sync with the lotus chakra of the heart and the sixth chakra or the third eye. The lower mind cannot observe itself beyond the limits of its own accumulated conditioning; but can observe the process through “self-introspection;’ from the stillness of the heart, which awakens this faculty. This faculty of “self-introspection;’ is already embedded in our DNA or the evolutionary urges of our lower mind. This faculty slowly “awakens” the higher mind and like divine alchemy turns the “intellect” into “intelligence”. This is the alchemy of mind, brain and consciousness.

The fourth chakra is the place were breath is been transformed into Spirit

The heart chakra is closed because the chakra knots/blocks are still in place. In duality and plurality fear always reigns; but he who has realized non-duality has overcome fear, the knots of his heart are untied. There is three knots in the human body system that blocks energy from flowing through the channels.

Through meditation we gain a new perspective on life, untainted by our own egoistic perspective. We also transcend our fears, which for the most part are unsubstantiated and pointless. By gaining a more awakened awareness about the true nature of life and ourselves, we attain a greater sense of power, freedom and release from our own imaginary limitations. If we enter the meditative state often enough this will then be the new state of consciousness.

WE LIVE IN a multi-dimensional universe, unlimited by time or space. Immersed in today’s fast-paced technological world, we tend to lose sight of the wonders that surround us on all levels. With the stream of information flowing past our consciousness from every direction, it is increasingly difficult to make sense of the chaos we encounter daily. However, we can make the decision to look within and discover what is ours at the core — our intuition. Looking inward, we can tap into our insight, our link to the unlimited part within us that sees endless possibilities and knows no bounds.

The key to all divination is intuition. To become your own seer you need the expertise of your personal interpreter, your intuition. If divination is a vehicle for interpreting life’s circumstances, then insight is the fuel that powers it. Housed in your inner core, this potential remains latent until it is consciously awakened. Once ignited, it flows into your awareness, introducing you to your potential, purpose and, equally important, your ability to adapt more fluidly to everyday occurrences.

What prevents humans from accessing their intuition? The greatest hindrance is most likely to be stress. People under significant stress use only a fraction of their mental and emotional capacities and just a small portion of their natural instincts. Stress also affects the ability of the inner and outer senses to work together, prompting a response through predominantly mental or emotional means. A mental approach can lead to an immediate solution, although frustration may set in later because the emotional self was not involved in the decision-making.

An emotional response might likewise elicit a solution that at first appears satisfactory, yet later reveals the consequences of not taking others’ needs into account or considering the bigger picture. Intuition is the underlying force that bridges the gap between logic and emotions and goes beyond what our usual senses are capable of perceiving. Accessing intuition in times of stress does take some practice.

The Focus Technique below enables you to disengage from your mind’s need to control, while at the same time establishing a conscious relationship with your divine self. The first step is to shift from a mental focus to your heart centre. As soon as you move your focus from your overworked mental centre, your awareness automatically expands. You are then able to use senses you innately possess but have not been able to employ consciously. Since the heart is the door to your intuition, you can establish a trust with your divine self and insight by meeting it on its own terms. As an added benefit, the simple act of centring in your heart will change the pattern of chasing after what you desire. When you centre in your heart, you become part of life’s flow and will attract the information needed from the particular divination system you have chosen. The process outlined below will help you to shift your focus from head to heart, allowing you to let go and experience a connection and communication with your divine self. Your divine self will respond and you will feel a conscious connection and experience calmness and peace radiating throughout your body.

The soul has an intuitive perception of itself, indeterminately, and also it can have an indeterminate perception of God present within it.

Do you wish to live truly of the divine life, to submit yourself fully to the illuminations of the Primary Truth, to experience the direct irradiations of the Divinity? Leave matter and the senses, go forth from this visible world, quit creatures, pass over the matter that encloses you, the sensations that hold you in, the imaginations that keep you captive, the thoughts and sublime concepts which you take for the Primary Truth, but which are only a magnificent though fragile scaffolding of your reason. Raise yourself above your reason, above your human intelligence which nourishes itself on phantasms, images, sensible species; descend into the fund and the inmost recess of your soul:—there you will find the pure and subsistent spirit; there you will find the dwelling-place of God; there you will find God. This spirit by nature resembles God, God has made it for Himself. There God descends by grace and love, and only there can He descend. We are accessible to the visit of God only by those summits of our soul that, like Himself, are wholly spiritual. There the divine Essence places itself, without intermediary of any kind, in face of the intelligence.

Without the use of higher intuition, the Soul’s guidance cannot be deciphered and known instinctively. And finally, without an open heart, your feelings cannot reflect your true essence.

Only the power of love shatters ideas held steadfast by mistaken beliefs forged by the logical mind. The Apprenticeship of the Soul encompasses the Mysteries, which succinctly imply that all such knowledge exists outside the realm of ordinary reality. If such knowledge were easily known and revealed through the expertence of everyday life, then there would be no reason for a mystery school.

But you have come to explore the Mysteries because you are ready to enter an Initiation of the Soul made possible by your readiness. When you shift into the realm of the Soul, an entirely different reality reveals itself. It becomes a reality without the need of spoken language because it is inclusive of tele pathic communication where an entire book of ideas may be revealed in on instant! It is a reality where the body is recognized as a vehicle for the Soul and is expressive of the Soul, but has no independent life apart from the Soul. Nevertheless, your body is the sacred temple of your Soul.

The Mysteries impart Keys to powers that lie dormant within you. Every Initiation brings you closer to the Divine. In that utter, breathless communion with the Divine—the all-knowing, all-powerful, and all-present force of conscious ness—your Immortal Self is revealed. Keys to manifesta tion and co-creation will be given to you in that moment of communion. Revelations of past, present, and future will become instantly accessible making possible recall as easy as yesterday’s memories. All of this you will reclaim when you reach the very source of your existence and become one with the Divine.

The Apprenticeship of the Soul shall lead you to all of this and more. With the Keys given to you during your Initiations, you will ultimately unlock the golden doors to The Divine Records of Consciousness, which lie dormant within you from across all Time and are held in trust by your Soul. Once you are able to access The Divine Records of Consciousness, you shall take your place within the ranks of The Original Ancestry of the Gods once more.

That is, the other powers of the soul are much more rapid, of higher frequency, and vastly more powerful than mind.

Self-consciousness and infinite powers

Invisible powers

Power of Concentration

POWER OF HOPE AND FAITH

The heart may be the seat of human true superpowers. Then the heart is the meeting-place humans can commune with the infinite intelligence. Within the spiritual heart is the heart chakra which powers the spiritual heart by bringing in the vital energies that revitalize. The adoration which opens the portals of the seven sealed chakras is from the heart of the soul. The immortal and original soul resides within the heart. In order to transform every aspect of your life, transform your soul first. Then all life transformation will follow. The heart chakra is represented through twelve-petaled lotus, but the secret chamber of the heart has eight petaled behind the heart chakra, and there is where the threefold flame is sealed.

The heart is not just a blood pump. It includes a system of about forty thousand neurons, which some researchers call the “heart brain” or “little brain.” It sends information that affects cognition and perception to the head brain, it emits an electromagnetic field that extends several feet from the body in all directions and is far stronger than the brain’s, and there are indications that it can form memories and generate feelings on its own. Centuries before science started tracking these matters, cultures and languages throughout the world formed a consensus that, when we speak of the heart, we mean more than the physical organ. We can also mean the

The heart may be the seat of human true superpowers. Then the heart is the meeting-place humans can commune with the infinite intelligence.

All the elements that my body requires to be younger and more vigorous, spring forth from divine being contained in the heart- chakra.

The balance point of the three lower (‘physical’) chakras and the three higher (mental and spiritual) ones is the heart chakra.

Within the spiritual heart is the heart chakra which powers the spiritual heart by bringing in the vital energies that revitalize.

The adoration which opens the portals of the seven sealed chakras is from the heart of the soul.

Within the spiritual heart is the heart chakra which powers the spiritual heart by bringing in the vital energies that revitalize its and removes the negative energies that interfere with its functioning. In the deepest level of the spiritual heart is the sacred space of the heart which is not really a space, but an expression of the profound depths of the heart. As you work with the heart and open it more and more to the Love that is there, you will submerge yourself in its depths. The depths of the heart are endless and its openness, infinite.

Heart is power

The purpose of this book is to encourage you to make your heart the center of your being and identity. If you follow its guidance all the way, it can turn your heart into the ultimate reliable inner resource from which you can act with confidence in the world. At the end of this journey, you will see the heart as the one true driver of your life, a supremely active engine that provides all your actions with an inexhaustible reservoir of energy. The way to gain the trust required to make such a crucial move in your life is by recognizing the heart’s powers. The reason our mind is capable of convincing us that the heart is a hazardous place in which to be lies in its argument that the heart is fragile. But as you awaken more and more fully these seven previously unknown and unused powers of your heart, you will transcend all doubt and fear.

Notice that I use the term “awaken” rather than “develop” or “achieve.” Once again, the heart has a language of its own: with the heart, you never learn something you have not known; rather, a dormant memory in you awakes and becomes activated.

The adoration which opens the portals of the seven sealed chakras is from the heart of the soul.

AWAKENING IS DEFINED as a rousing or a quickening, and generally, to awaken is to arise from a sleep or dormancy. So it is not a discovery or acquisition of something new or foreign, but an awakening to our true self, which is already present. This is an awakening of our spirit (which is already there and is us) from the natural slumber to which it is subject throughout human existence. In the journey of human existence, the inevitable acquiring of many layers gives us a physical identity and personality. On such a course, we may end up shielding our spirit, our pure and true self. So shielded is our spirit that it appears to be in slumber as we lose our connection with it.

WE HAVE A CRUCIAL NEED to rise above ignorance and fear by awakening to our true selves and then honoring our spirit’s journey toward ultimate freedom. On every level and for every reason, the need to awaken is our innate purpose.

Awakening to our spirit means waking up to the reality of our true self in its purity. Regardless of whether we hold true to a religion or belief system, we all need to awaken if we have forgotten or deviated from our true essence. The need to awaken to an experiential reality and return to our spirit is simply a natural progression toward a higher reality in the evolution of our inner self.

In order to transform every aspect of your life, transform your soul first. Then all life transformation will follow.

The immortal and original soul resides within the heart

The heart chakra represents positive Self and Self includes, and is based on, the original soul and the heart is also said hold the Divine Blueprint of Light.

The “original” soul distributes “energy of life” to all other chakras and the soul also opens the portals of the seven sealed chakras. The adoration which opens the portals of the seven sealed chakras is from the heart of the soul.

The heart chakra represents positive Self and Self includes, and is based on, the original soul.

The heart chakra is closed because the chakra knots/blocks are still in place. In duality and plurality fear always reigns; but he who has realized non-duality has overcome fear, the knots of his heart are untied.

THE HIDDEN CHAMBER OF THE HEART. Your threefold flame of life is sealed in the eight-petaled chakra called the hidden, or secret, chamber of your heart. The threefold flame, or “divine spark,” makes your heart a replica of the heart of God. It is literally a spark of sacred fire from God’s own heart. The threefold flame is your soul’s point of contact with the Supreme Source of all life. It is your potential to become the fullness of all that your Real Self is. The threefold flame has three “plumes” that embody the three primary attributes of God. The blue plume (on your left) embodies God’s power. The yellow plume (in the center) embodies God’s wisdom, and the pink plume (on your right) embodies God’s love. By accessing the power, wisdom, and love of the Godhead anchored in your threefold flame, you can fulfill your reason for being.

The heart chakra is represented through twelve-petaled lotus, but the secret chamber of the heart has eight petaled behind the heart chakra, and there is where the threefold flame is sealed.

The magnet that you create within the heart chakra is the ascending triangle. And the more you meditate upon this triangle superimposed upon the heart chakra, the more it becomes the reality of the dimensions of the Sacred Trinity, embodied in the threefold flame sealed in the hidden chamber of the heart.

As the threefold flame within the heart centre merges with the higher heart, new octaves are created. When these octaves stabilise, the new diamond heart crystal is formed within the etherics. The new diamond heart crystal is the key to new worlds. The frequency provides access to the highest angelic kingdoms. For this fire exists, as we have said, in seven layers or seven degrees of force, and it often happens that a man who exerts his will in the effort… many times, digging gradually deeper and deeper, until not only the surface is stirred but the very heart of the fire is in full activity. The reaction is so strong that the inner fire explodes into flame.

The flame below is the spark of life anchored in the center of being. It is threfold flame of the Real Self, having the attributes of divine power, wisdom and love. This threefold flame is the fire of God that burns in the plane of matter to sustain the seed identity that was and is a living soul. The many layers of awareness that surround the soul—the energy fields of mind and memory, emotions, feelings, physical form, form consciousness, percepts and recepts — have so polarized selfhood through an outer awareness that this outer awareness has become a synthetic self diametrically opposed to the Real Self. And the soul that was intended to mirror the Spirit has become a mirror for a world of whirling energies unlike its original reality, hence unreal. The soul has become a lost identity, lost in time and space. It must be found again. It must find itself in God. Thus we behold the plight of the soul lost in the forcefields of a subconsciousness – a self- awareness that is below the threefold flame of the real Divine-awareness. The ego (syntethic self) has become the seat of authority and by switching from the syntethic self (ego) to the real Self one can re-learn to mastery the lower nature of Man.

Unlocking the Consciousness of Your Soul and Unlocking the Door to Your True Self. The soul does not save the person; the person needs to save their own soul. The desire soul obstructs the realization of the true soul life. Intuition comes when ego and duality is dissolved. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul. The archons prevents the soul from ascending, expanding in consciousness by controlling and feeding the low vibrational state of mind.

Such a person needs himself to be turned “from “the error of his way,” “in order that his own soul may * be saved from death.’

The soul does not save the person; the person needs to save their own soul. The body, mind, and heart all take part in the dark drama of earthly life in which the forces of good and evil pull us in opposing directions of light and darkness by cords of fear, desire, forgetfulness and many other conflicting emotions and sentiments.

Its with the four attributes of infinite perception, infinite knowledge, infinite power, and infinite bliss one is able to piercing the veil of ignorance and go beyond the ego-peception. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that binds him there.

Infinite is the knowledge which raises the soul out of egoistic ignorance and finite knowledge is what dumbs down the soul with finite knowledge. Finite knowledge trap and imprisoned humankind within the matrix-mind prison by feeding their minds finite knowledge that creates bondage, limitations and restrictions.

Because the archons keeping humankind in the state of ignorance they can´t easily leave the matrix of the lower ego. Knowledge which is finite can never be increased so as to become infinite, so therefore the finite god knowledge is hostile to infinite divine knowledge.

The veil of ignorance hiding reality can be pierced, not by the senses, not by reason, not by the two together, but by consciousness raised above the sense and the mind so that it cuts the veil like a sword of light and dispels all darkness. Consciousness is independent of the forms of the senses and the mind, and when it is freed from these, and from the desires for these forms, it can soar into the infinite, its proper home.

One need the courage to pierce the veil of scepticism we have interposed between ourselves and the reality and to see that reality as our very own inmost Self. The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. With infinite knowledge one will be able to pierce through the veil of ignorance or the veil of fear.

Within the soul lies infinite wisdom, power, and all that we need in this life. The infinite knowledge within the soul can tell us everything we need to know at any time we need the information. The archons prevent the soul ascending or expanding in consciousness by suppressing it downwards and prevent spiritual enlighment.

The soul in its pure state is possessed of infinite perception, infinite knowledge, infinite bliss and infinite power and the archons don´t humankind have access to these powers.

If one wants to dwell in a heaven where one can enjoy undisturbed bliss, one must help in its evolution from within. All one has to do is to sow the tiny little seed of faith. If the mental emotion be a happy and blessed one, everything will adjust itself to contribute its share of bliss to the man who puts himself in that attitude. The true nature of the soul is blissful, though it is now lying buried beneath a heap of filth and rubbish of evil passions and desires. As Vivekananda says, the soul is like a prisoner lying in a prison, barred and chained from within, waiting for the arrival of the Liberator.

The soul does not save the person; the person needs to save their own soul. The body, mind, and heart all take part in the dark drama of earthly life in which the forces of good and evil pull us in opposing directions of light and darkness by cords of fear, desire, forgetfulness and many other conflicting emotions and sentiments.

Through your integration and connection you will be linked to the energy of your purpose and blueprint. This means that you will be inspired to follow your divine path, the path you can travel with least struggle. Opportunities will abound and you will naturally draw towards you the people and situations you need to fulfil your plan. You will have a stronger sense of purpose and find it easier to make life decisions. Of course, all the decisions are yours as you utilise the power of your free will. Another benefit of being connected is that you reclaim your free will, which is your divine right. When you are disconnected there is a strong chance that you may have let go this gift, and will feel that you are driven by the needs and desires of other people and the vagaries of life. Once you are connected, all feelings of duty and the must-dos that may have driven you before will dissolve. A strength of determination and a sense of destiny will flow through your work, your home life and every path you choose to follow.

When you connect to your own spiritual and divine aspect, you open the door to living and working with the Divine.

Your personal powers may be strong, but when you connect to spirit you connect to the power of the universe — to infinite love and infinite power. As you are connected to the wisdom of all your lifetimes you will become more intuitive in your decision making. You will find that your psychic powers are enhanced and you will be in tune both with spirit and with your spirit guides and guardian angels. Your ability to heal and channel the energies of love will improve now that you are in tune with the immense and unconditional power of divine love. You will be opened to the powers of clairvoyance, clairaudience and telepathy and may start to see auras and spirit beings.

Once connected to your own divinity it becomes natural to connect to God and the full energy of Source. Through this you have access to the power of the universe, for we are all connected by the divine source energy that flows from one to another. When you are fully connected to the heart of God all is possible. Once you are fully healed and permanently connected, there is no need to return to the earthly planes at the end of this lifetime. But while you are here, if you choose to be here, you can expect to create miracles on a daily basis! Once you become fully in touch with your true self, once you are in tune with your Higher Self, once you connect to the spiritual powers, your life will change. It cannot fail to change, for you will be walking, talking and living the life of a spiritual being on Earth, and that is the most magical state of being.

Again there are many who are living far below their possibilities because they are continually handing over their individualities to others. Do you want to be a power in the world? Then be yourself. Don’t class yourself, don’t allow yourself to be classed among the secondhand, among the they-say people. Be true to the highest within your own soul, and then allow yourself to be governed by no customs or conventionalities or arbitrary man-made rules that are not founded upon principle.

Those things that are founded upon principle will be observed by the right-minded, the right-hearted man or woman, in any case. Don’t surrender your individuality, which is your greatest agent of power, to the customs and conventionalities that have gotten their life from the great mass of those who haven’t enough force to preserve their individualities,—those who in other words have given them over as ingredients to the “mush of concession” which one of our greatest writers has said characterizes our modern society. If you do surrender your individuality in this way, you simply aid in increasing the undesirable conditions; in payment for this you become a slave, and the chances are that in time you will be unable to hold even the respect of those whom you in this way try to please.

If you preserve your individuality then you become a master, and if wise and discreet, your influence and power will be an aid in bringing about a higher, a better, and a more healthy set of conditions in the world. All people, moreover, will think more of you, will honor you more highly for doing this than if you show your weakness by contributing yourself to the same “mush of concession” that so many of them are contributing themselves to.

“When we appeal to the Supreme and our life is governed by a principle, we are not governed either by fear of public opinion or loss of others’ approbation, and we may be sure that the Supreme will sustain us. If in any way we fly to live to suit others we never shall suit them, and the more we try the more broken down.

Spiritual nature and its own spiritual powers as these lie buried beneath the physical life of earth wherein it must live and grow and know itself through its own destiny; and then, know thou that infinite knowledge, the foreknowledge of God.

At one time man was thought to be an animal with a soul. Now he is known to be an indestructible Ego with an imperishable Mind finding expression in a temporary physical body. The cause of all man’s weakness, mistakes and failures, has been that he has not realized the Power within; instead, he has thought himself to be separate and friendless, weak and helpless, adrift, without chart or compass upon the sea of life. He has thought himself to be the victim of circumstance, the sport of fate, and the puppet of forces outside himself. He has though, himself to be worthless and insignificant instead of realizing his wonderful interior. POWERS and the grandeur of his being. Instead of being the victim of circumstances he can control them. Instead of being the puppet of forces outside himself, he has within him the Power to be what he will; to do what he will; to accomplish all that he desires. Now at last the darkness is being pierced and man realizes that he is a mental creature, and that he is MIND as well as matter, that is, as Mind, is one with the Universal or Infinite MIND. That the difference between him and the Infinite or Universal MIND is not one of kind, but of degree.

God dwells in the atma who is seated in the heart. The power (consciousness) of the soul pervades the whole body, though he is seated in the heart. Like a lamp though placed in one place, the light of which spreads all around. That is the reason you can perceive sense of touch from head to toe, though the soul is not in the head or the toe.

`Pure’ meditation signifies self-contemplation in the highest sense and this kind of meditation occurs only in the saints of very high order, who are on the path to liberation.

Knowledge, that is, wisdom, necessitates meditation and concentration and cannot be had without them. Conversely, meditation and concentration lead to wisdom, without anything further being necessary. Wherever there develops the habit of deep concentration and meditation, or thoughtfulness, there wisdom must, sooner or later, come into manifestation. When meditation has led to the knowledge of identity between the Self and God, it becomes incumbent on the soul to rise itself to the point of belief. Right belief being acquired, speedy realization is possible by combining the path of knowledge with that of proper conduct.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. Humankind is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of knowledge keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons.

Through purity of knowledge one starts seeing unity in diversity and the (-consciousness is purified and spiritualized. In such a state, all existence is the supreme consciousness, the consciousness enters a state when dhyana is transformed into samadhi, and the supreme consciousness is revealed. The fruit of dharana is dhyana; the fruit of dhyana is samadhi.

Samadhi – Uninterrupted Dhyana

The word samadhi is formed from three components: sam (equal, balanced, complete), a (eternal), and dhi (buddhi, cognition or knowledge). When a state of complete equilibrium is achieved, that is samadhi. For individual consciousness, samadhi is the state in which the I-consciousness disappears and becomes pure consciousness, free from the awareness of itself, time, and space. This is also called self-realization. In this state, the world outside and the world inside both disappear; only ananda (supreme bliss) remains. Consciousness is infinite, but the mind, intellect, and egotism (ahamkara) make it appear finite. Through samadhi, the realization of the infinite nature of consciousness makes the yogi free from the imprisonment of manas, buddhi, and ahamkara.

When David Icke first introduced the Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from Saturn’s rings, and then focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower consciousness state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the frequency, we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the electromagnetic frequencies the matrix broadcasts.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been the inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness.

You are now making choices from a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live in a world of fear. This is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an evolutionary process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you allow yourself to glimpse into this greater awareness of who you are. It is always there. This is who you are. You can be no other.

It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

Because the higher Self is no-mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness, also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us, every one of us. Jt has always existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not believe that it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind.

Basically, if you have a mind, you are creating a world, a projection. So once you change from mind to no-mind state, you connect with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s mind. Then nothing can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self.

Once all the dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer have to deal with the mind, and you become one with your higher self. Then you start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true self, who you truly are. You are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout everything around you.

The more a spiritual one meditates, the more closer one comes to thir true higher mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual perception to a greater. Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the ego perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to this level of perception, one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which all believe is real.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

We block our channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from our Higher Self. It is not our logical, reasoning mind/self that catches the messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego that connects with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out of the way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher Levels from which we are then able to serve ourselves and others.

Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”

“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.

There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.

The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God.

The God of this world who has trapped and imprisoned humankind within a reptilian low vibrational frequency world and reality don´t want people to find the pathway to the real Higher Divine nature. The goal is to feed the ego with finite knowledge and at same time keep humankind away from infinite knowledge that could lead them out of the finite reality within the three dimensional world and realize the inner divine nature and spiritually progress by raising the inner frequencies. The archons prevents this spiritual progress with endless of methods.

Learn to control vibrations by controlling thoughts and you will hold the keys of Eternal Life in your hands. The Eternal energy surging through all matter, the power of existence in atoms with their whirling molecules and electrons in all earthly substance are nothing more or less than vibrations condensed to the point of slow, heavy, mortal tangibility. Control the vibrations and the power to control substance and material energy will eventually be given, that is the keys of handling Eternal Life.

This non-local aspect of consciousness, which can also be called our higher consciousness, divine consciousness or cosmic consciousness, could be compared to gravitational fields, of which only the physical effects throughout the universe can be measured, but the fields themselves are not directly demonstrable. In trying to understand this concept of interaction between the invisible non-local space and our visible, material body, it seems appropriate to compare it with modern worldwide communication. There is a continuous exchange of objective information by means of electromagnetic fields for radio, TV, mobile telephone, or laptop computer. We are not consciously aware of the vast amounts of electromagnetic fields that constantly, day and night, exist around us and even permeating us, as well as permeating structures like walls and buildings. At each moment we are invaded by hundreds of thousands of telephone calls, and hundreds of radio and TV programmes. We only become aware of these electromagnetic informative fields at the moment we use our mobile telephone or by switching on our radio, TV or laptop. What we receive is neither inside the instrument, nor in the components, but thanks to the receiver, the information from the electromagnetic fields becomes observable to our senses and hence perception occurs in our consciousness.

One cannot avoid the conclusion that endless consciousness has always existed and will always exist independently from the body, because there is no beginning nor will there ever be an end to our consciousness. There is a kind of biological basis of our waking consciousness, because during life our physical body functions as an interface or place of resonance. But there is no biological basis of our whole, endless, or enhanced consciousness because it is rooted in a non-local space. Our enhanced and non-local consciousness resides not in our brain and is not limited to our brain. So our brain seems to have a facilitating, and not a producing function to experience consciousness.

Consciousness is your non-biological, non-alterable innate ability to internally see (observe) and know as awareness of both subliminal and activated self-awareness, and is separate from your biological brain functions that rise and fall upon demand. The brain/mind functions provide all the information for the observer-knower of consciousness to use its innate ability of seeing and knowing, which is subliminal self-referencing self-awareness as pure awareness with the spirit pattern of free will activating that awareness as human activated self-awareness: aware of itself or aware of what the mind produces.

Intellectually understanding the separation of consciousness and mind provides a greater depth of insight into the functioning of your existence. Experientially appreciating their interdependence deepens that clarity of insight. Without an experiential foundation for your life, the shadow reflected upon the world reflects back its own darkness, entrapping you within itself. That one simple action ceaselessly repeats in endless disguises. However, actually experiencing the separation of consciousness and mind opens doors of internal perception that you would never have thought possible.

The intellect defines the choices, but the pure knower of consciousness amalgamated with the spirit pattern of free will is the actual deciding agency. Or, the ‘ability’ of non-biological consciousness to know, is brought to ‘life’ by biological intellect definitions, which is the intellect manipulating accumulated information. However, the pure knower of consciousness, embedded with the spirit pattern of free will, is the final arbitrator of those manipulations by its innate discriminating ‘ability’. The amalgamation of the spirit pattern of free will with the knower of consciousness, to function as one, occurs due to the transformational nature of free will.

The freedom that has always existed within consciousness has been liberated, making you simply feel good, which is happiness. You had it from the very beginning but were blinded by what the components of your existence created, unwittingly entrapping yourself within your own self-created border limitation. By limiting your vision, you effectively restrict your existence. However, consciousness is born free and cannot be Iiimited. The self-created limitation is the primary cause for the majority of anxieties, fears, sense of isolation and all forms of disharmony that exist. To clear that self-created limitation, or blockage, it is necessary to know what that blockage is and how it was created.

Consequently, you enter the complexity of how and why the components of your existence interrelate, creating potential limiting restriction upon the non-restriction of consciousness.

The whole purpose with the archon controlled matrix, the veil of ignorance, the reptilian fear programming, the archon energy grid is to control every possible spiritual progress and prevent humankind progressing out of the limited “mind” of the ego and prevents Soul configuration, Supermind, heart-based consciousness, the no-mind, Superconsciousness, Intuition, the higher self, divine knowledge, spiritual gifts, dna activation, expansion of The Brain and Opening the doors of perception

Ignorance is like a veil which covers the light of wisdom. Ignorance is low vibrational frequencies and the whole three dimensional world and reality is been controlled by these low vibrational frequencies of the reptilian wavelength.

The fallen man of fallen mankind into the three dimensional world (i. e., man expelled from Paradise) the soul is surrounded by a thick layer or veil of ignorance, which cannot be removed by ordinary means.

The subtle causal mind has one function: the yearning for self-realization. This is the thin veil of the mind that separates it from merging with Infi-nite Consciousness. When we have access to this layer of mind. This veil is loactaed at the fifth chakra

Learn to control vibrations by controlling thoughts and you will hold the keys of Eternal Life in your hands. The Eternal energy surging through all matter, the power of existence in atoms with their whirling molecules and electrons in all earthly substance are nothing more or less than vibrations condensed to the point of slow, heavy, mortal tangibility. Control the vibrations and the power to control substance and material energy will eventually be given, that is the keys of handling Eternal Life, for energy is life, and life and Light and Love and energy are the Eternal elements and are vibrations created by mental thinking. Every thought sent forth is a never ending vibration winging its way across the Universe to bring us back just what we sent forth. We can control the vibrations that emanate from us — and we can thereby control our destinies.

“When one increases one’s frequency to that of the speed of Light, then the mastery of the process begins. This means that the Being now has access to more information in the Universal Consciousness, but that Being also has the command to dictate what will or will not come through the filter. “The process actually becomes more complex as it becomes more simplified. When a Being does not understand this principle, that Being may go through cycles of high and low frequencies that direct its consciousness. This is because the frequencies are controlling it.

Control of Human Consciousness

Meanwhile, the Archons, having assumed control of humanity on the Inner planes, furthered their domination over humans by designing ways to hijack the karmic wheel and the reincarnation process of the human race and established themselves on the etheric and astral planes as the “Lords of Karma’. In doing this, they were able to determine to a large degree our life circumstances when we incarnated into a new body. They’ve essentially considered humanity their There that is here for them to feed off of, so they’ve kept us on the wheel of karma, stifling our opportunities for attaining liberation from it

Today these royal bloodlines are mainly hidden in our political, military, religious and corporate structures. The energetic Veil technology still In operation today also Includes the placement of Implants In our etheric bodies, designed to suppress the consciousness and prevent spiritual awakening. The technology also helps prevent us from being able to form a coherent telepathic consciousness with each other, whereby we could become dangerous to them. They also use Al and spacecraft to monitor our thoughts and steer us away from information that would help us grow spiritually.

The Fall of Consciousness

So this is a rather dark version of the story of the Fall of Consciousness into the extremely dense Third Dimension with all its Inherent distortions and anomalies causing immense suffering. We have been living In this fallen state for these last 25,000 years or so. It’s important to recognize what this fallen state of humanity has entailed, as we tend to simply take the aspects of our fallen state for granted since it’s all we’ve known for so long. We no longer have reference points of what Is like to be living in a civilization of beings who are not existing as a fallen race. The “fallen” state Involves the fact that life is generally fraught with difficulty.

The human condition is dominated by the struggle for survival, and much of humanity lives In poverty, barely maintaining the necessities of life. Most of our time and energy go into obtaining food and shelter. Additionally, we experience illness, difficult aging, suffering, and physical death. Relationships on earth often bring deep disappointment, sorrow and heartache, and many people are alone, abused, or emotionally lost. Any sense of true fulfillment is rare and usually fleeting, All but a few exist in a state of separation from the Divine and forgetfulness of their own divine nature.

The fallen state of our planet also means that just about all of our institutions are corrupt, and that no matter how hard we try to change or replace them. corruption always seems to take over again

Most of us generally accept that this is just “how life is’. It’s what we’re brought up to believe, what we learn in school. Life is struggle, you have to work to survive (unless you’re one of the very few fortunate ones), and life always has sorrow woven through it

Unbeknownst to most people, in the many unfallen civilizations existing throughout the universe, none of this is true. What we generally experience in life here Is due to our fallen state as a species. It’s a result of the fact that we live behind massive energetic barriers which keep the Light of the Creator from us. Although all of this Is at long last changing at a fairly rapid pace, we are still somewhat at the effect of these controlling forces that were set in place thousands of years ago.

Meteorological and weather stations provided perfect cover for special government forces to tap (and controvert) the natural magnetic energy of the Earth, focalized at power spots which often (for obvious reasons) were regarded as sacred by native peoples. The exoteric explanation for GRID nodes being planted at these spots was based purely on the Earth’s electromagnetic field. The secret explanation, however, is much deeper: power spots are places where the alternate dimension of the Veil is the most porous and, accordingly, where spirits have taken up residence over the centuries. While knowledge of these spirits and how to propitiate them was generally known to native peoples in the past, a deliberate agenda of eradicating that knowledge over the centuries has led to the ignorant state of humankind today, more or less making power spots ripe for the picking.

Depending on the intensity of energy available at the respective power spots, and the advancement of technology in the countries where they were located, GRID nodes differ in size and appearance. In some cases, they simply serve as small energy-wells and relay stations. Others have storage capabilities and, in advanced installations, the ability to upload energy to the ionosphere and the GRID satellite array.

The membrane between the Earth and the Veil has prevented extensive traffic between them, but humans have continually sought to open passage for the cosmic spiritual energies resident there and the dimensions connected to the Veil. In modem times, infiltration and more subtle methods are more common, in such a way that the unsuspecting masses continue to channel their spiritual energies into a conduit which has actually been tapped by the other side.

Soul configuration, Supermind, heart-based consciousness, the no-mind, Superconsciousness, Intuition, the higher self, divine knowledge, spiritual gifts, dna activation, expansion of The Brain and Opening the doors of perception, and there are always two different consciousnesses within humans, the archons prevent anyone from understanding these powers

The ego is the voice of the “old brain,” sometimes referred to as the reptilian brain, which has limited focus and awareness. Duality is a created concept (Ego) of power, control, and domination. The veil of dualistic view. Ego is the veil between God and the soul. When the ego transforms, then is the realisation of universality or cosmic consciousness. The ego is the state of ignorance and the ego denied its own higher inner spiritual being and knowledge. And the archons prevent the soul from ascending upwards. The desire soul obstructs the realization of the true soul life.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

As the ego boundaries become stronger, we gradually ‘Fall’ into separateness. And at the same time, what you could call a ‘redistribution of energy’ occurs. The energy that used to be left free for perception of the world’s is-ness and radiance is diverted to the ego. The desensitizing mechanism starts to operate, as a way of conserving energy for the ego. As a result, our perceptions become automatic, and the world which was once so full of wonder becomes a shadowy, half-real place. This is the point when, as individuals, we fall asleep, and knowledge fall in sleep, the DNA Helix keeps humankind trapped in the three dimensional world.

As we move through life we juggle between the opposing information that the mind receives through our dual eyes. In each moment we try to identify which of the two polarities will serve our survivor existence the best.

At the end of the day all the polarities we perceive fall between two main extremes; good and bad, and always from the point of view of the self. On the contrary, the third eye is the symbol for the state in which we see the whole spectrum of reality outside of the physical eyes’ dissolution. As we do so, we shift from seeing through ‘two eyes’, to seeing from ‘one eye’.

The third eye unites all polarities into oneness. We transform the one seeing into the absolute observer. This is when the constant juggle between good and bad comes to an end, and is replaced by inner stillness. In the state of oneness the night is not separate from the day. The night withholds the day, until it delivers it in completion, at which time the day turns to be the armor of the night.

When we move away from our limited self-identification, we open a wider window to our brain, and activate larger parts of it. This process of expanding the use of our brain may lead us to experience phenomena that are perceived as unusual, like knowing about events and actions before they unfold, commonly known as intuition.

Developing an intuition of what lies beyond opposites is the beginning of a deeper understanding. This is the shift from ego-reality to meta-reality, its a shift from the ego-lens to begin to see through a multiversal lens. Yet we do not perceive the world as through a giant magnifying lens, but through the limited ego-lens of the three dimensional world. Human consciousness is limited due to dense material of physical body. Consciousness, however, being non-material, is not limited to matter. Consciousness is independent of matter.

The more we are transformed spiritually, the more we become resonant with the zero point and Divine energy, and the more the mind begins to merge with, and identify with, this unchanging truth of who we are. The more we exist in this Divine resonance, the more it becomes part of the conscious awareness of our everyday existence. Eventually we become transformed by the continual experience of this energy flowing through us so that we become one in awareness with this energy.

Scientists has discover that the positive and negative emotions that we think and feel can actually program our DNA. In other words, our feelings activate genetic codes stored within human amino acids. There are sixty-four possible combinations of these amino acids, but only twenty of them are ever activated at any one time. Fear is a long-wave pattern that contracts the DNA strands, giving us little access to our genetic potential or spiritual gifts. Love, on the other hand, is a short-wave pattern that relaxes the DNA, producing a high-vibrating frequency that allows us to activate more of our godlike potential. Thus the emotion of fear that society seems bathed in actually blocks our spiritual potential, dumbing us down and making us easier to control.

The ego is the voice of the “old brain,” sometimes referred to as the reptilian brain, which has limited focus and awareness. Reptile brain can’t comprehend a Higher Self. The Higher Self, by contrast, can include the ego. The reptilian brain is also our automatic pilot. Therefore, the reptilian brain, purely mechanical and unconscious in its operations. Then the the old brain is the ego and when the old mechanical automatic pilot thought patterns starts changing, the Ego is threaten by change and its old created fear and reaction patterns.

Duality is a created concept (Ego) of power, control, and domination. The veil of dualistic view: We create a fixed (rigid)and unchanging world of objects, at the same time feeling separated from it. The veil of ignorence creates the split between ego and self, and between the world and soul, and is the veil of separateness, the veil of distorted views.

In the moment the veil of ignorance is lifted, we attain a universal dimension of existence. “Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown. Ego is the veil between God and the soul. When the ego transforms, then is the realisation of universality or cosmic consciousness.

Knowledge is the fourth level of soul evolution. It is a level of stasis that allows us to react to change from our ego belief in the infallibility of our accepted fact. Our knowledge is the linear programming of our intellectual mind that remains ignorant to the understanding of who we are and why we have an intellect. At the intellectual level of soul growth there are multiple levels of denial of soul and spirit from the ego, and all levels of the intellect and ego react from fear, not love. The intellect remains attached to its belief in supremacy because it fears the loss of its power and control. Ignorance is the action of the root word “ignore,” and for many it becomes easier to ignore the intangible than to search for truth within ourself to support any explanation of its source.

The pagan culture – among pagans, it’s often accepted that the astral plane and physical plane were much closer together at one time, but grew farther apart as ignorance and intolerance began infecting the masses. Many of the realities seen in times past became buried and avoided as the vibration of fear overtook the common minds of subsequent generations. The veil of ignorance covers the supreme Reality of the universe, which is like night to worldly-minded people, because they do not think of this Reality and therefore fall in spiritual sleep and become automatic, and this and combination with the veil of ignorence then hides Reality, the Higher Self, and all other dimensions of existence. The human DNA-Helix have for eons been in a dormant state, waiting to be awaken in full potentials of life. God sits deep within the Self and cannot be realized as the veil of ego intervenes.

As the ego boundaries become stronger, we gradually ‘Fall’ into separateness. And at the same time, what you could call a ‘redistribution of energy’ occurs. The energy that used to be left free for perception of the world’s is-ness and radiance is diverted to the ego. The desensitizing mechanism starts to operate, as a way of conserving energy for the ego. As a result, our perceptions become automatic, and the world which was once so full of wonder becomes a shadowy, half-real place. This is the point when, as individuals, we fall asleep, and knowledge fall in sleep, the DNA Helix keeps humankind trapped in the three dimensional world.

Life is experienced through a binary filter, and results in a dualistic consciousness. Life is experienced through a filter of duality, life is been seeing through a dualistic filter, This dividing reality into binary bits and the divided mind then forms the identity, consciousness and reality. The ego can be operating in a default state of the consciousness, what we see is a mirage. Seeing life through a dualistic filter draws us into and a grand illusion because our perceptions are not good representations of external reality. Ego cannot grasp wholes/wholeness. Its default strategy to comprhend reality is to divide complexities to make them manageable. But larger wholes are indivisible which makes them a threat to the ego, since it has only one tool. Therefore, the egostic consciousness simply cannot provide us with the tools we need to deal with contradictions, paradoxes, and mystery.

However, ego shapes consciousness in yet another way. Ego is the center of the conscious mind, around which we organize everything else. But as this happens, we lose contact with the wholeness that includes both the conscious and unconscious elements of our being. We also lose contact with our heart, our spirit, and our soul. What we are most in contact with is our thoughts, which form our primary identification and become the almost constant background of our consciousness.

First, we are not aware of all the unconscious aspects of our psychology, meaning we are not fully “out” of our egos: we slip through a crack, but remain in that crack between the two walls of attachment and resistance: we do not free ourselves entirely. Nor is awareness permanent, for we eventually fall out of that crack and back inside the walled construct of ego.

That our awareness is only partial and incomplete creates potential problems: while we can access the wellspring of power and creativity that is our deeper nature, as soon as the ego appropriates that force, or identifies with it as its own power source, it becomes a tool of the ego.

Once the ego takes credit for our inner powers—the third force—our freedom is compromised. Recall that ego is limited by duality, the binary oppositions defining the process of thought: good and bad, attraction and repulsion.

Because ego is reactive, it pulls in one direction or the other, so any attempt at liberation is nothing more than a movement in one of these two directions. Only the third force of your deeper nature can free you from the pull of opposites. Beyond the mind’s reach, this force is transcendent. Disidentification clears an inner space for it to work. Once disidentified, your awareness is the transformative third force.

The soul is not a final destination or an end in itself; it serves a mediatory function as bridge between worlds. As such, it forms the final piece in the puzzle we have created in this work in order to portray the rarefied experience of the higher faculties within the borderland of the spirit. The human soul takes its own journey according to its inborn nature, subject to the contingencies of the era in which it lives. Plotinus has made reference to the soul’s journey: “It shall come, not to another, but to itself.”

The journey of the soul moves from the outer world of the natural environment and the experience of the body, to the inner world of the mind, heart, imagination, and spiritual instincts, only to come to rest within the supra-natural environment of the inner life of the spirit, which throughout the course of a life becomes individualized as the soul of a person. In a strange and curious way, this sacred narrative may sound easy and assured:

The soul does not save the person; the person needs to save their own soul. The body, mind, and heart all take part in the dark drama of earthly life in which the forces of good and evil pull us in opposing directions of light and darkness by cords of fear, desire, forgetfulness and many other conflicting emotions and sentiments.

We refuse to consider that the world we live in is actually comprised of the kinds of dimensions of reality. We disallow ourselves the possibility of inner or spiritual growth, because our view of human potential is limited to the capacities of the rational mind. For it is the rational consciousness that creates the unhealthy split of the ego from the id, or consciousness from the unconscious. The human mind is divided to past, presence and future. Until we stop living outside of the present moment, we can never be in the here and now. We are caught in this state because we have divided life into past, present, and future, and we treat these divisions as if they had an inherent reality.

Although this development is necessary for functioning in what we call everyday reality, it creates an imbalance in the “self,” the entire psychic unit, and leaves a person divided, with only a fragment of his or her potential realized. As you now know, when we as a consciousness move beyond the world of the senses in this three-dimensional reality, we can tap into frequencies that carry specific information beyond the vibration of matter and the speed of light. When this happens, the brain processes extremely high amplitudes of energy. When the third eye is opened and the pineal gland is activated; the past, presence, future now become presence beacuse of the ability to be beyond space and time.

The dimensions are simply ascending vibratory rhytms of our being. They are levels in the awakening of our subtle senses and codes that hold the multi-faceted aspects of our one, soul structure. There are dormant portals and doorways into greater states of being that are currently asleep within the human … that the human is currently asleep to, rather.

These doorways are made available when he gets recalibrated to the experience of new dimensional states of his being. In the recahbration of his energetic system, he become attuned to the frequency of the dimension he is going to be accessing and downloading from. This dipping into or initiation into higher frequency compatibility states, is what we sometimes call ‘attunement In energetic attunement or initiation, we are exposed to the planes where these energy states can be contacted, accessed, and assimilated.

The resultant new and augmented vibratory frequencies and transformational energies we display, do correspond to the frequencies of the plane we have been elevated to, for harmonious dimensional interaction, and co-creatorship. The mind interacts with an equivalent energy dimension to customize and bring forth the creations it is capable of furnishing the corresponding frequency match to.

When we are energetically recalibrated, our neurological function also gets adjusted and we become chemically rewired, to facilitate adaptation to the new changes that would allow us to perceive and process the new sensory output. Our mental and energetic transformation creates that adjustment and compatibility with our new form of higher awareness

Soul configuration, Supermind, heart-based consciousness, the no-mind, Superconsciousness, Intuition, the higher self, divine knowledge, spiritual gifts, dna activation, expansion of The Brain and Opening the doors of perception, and there are always two different consciousnesses within humans, the archons prevent anyone from understanding these powers

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

The inertia of the fear-based consciousness has narrowed and restricted our self-consciousness to only kataphatic experience. The unintegrated disunity of the heart, mind, and body formed in a wounded human consciousness and culture, overwhelmingly encourages the use of rational and sensory experience as the primary mode of our conscious awareness. This is the development of our personality from the outside-in instead of the inside-out. The interior of the heart must be the lens in which all outside stimulus is filtered. Our heart-based consciousness is nonlocal and nondual expressing being within the physical dimension. It is the oneness of our true self in God through the Spirit within our heart that we are aware of an infinite and eternal transcendent unity in Divine Being.

The more we are transformed spiritually, the more we become resonant with the zero point and Divine energy, and the more the mind begins to merge with, and identify with, this unchanging truth of who we are. The more we exist in this Divine resonance, the more it becomes part of the conscious awareness of our everyday existence. Eventually we become transformed by the continual experience of this energy flowing through us so that we become one in awareness with this energy.

Scientists has discover that the positive and negative emotions that we think and feel can actually program our DNA. In other words, our feelings activate genetic codes stored within human amino acids. There are sixty-four possible combinations of these amino acids, but only twenty of them are ever activated at any one time. Fear is a long-wave pattern that contracts the DNA strands, giving us little access to our genetic potential or spiritual gifts. Love, on the other hand, is a short-wave pattern that relaxes the DNA, producing a high-vibrating frequency that allows us to activate more of our godlike potential. Thus the emotion of fear that society seems bathed in actually blocks our spiritual potential, dumbing us down and making us easier to control.

The ego is the voice of the “old brain,” sometimes referred to as the reptilian brain, which has limited focus and awareness. Reptile brain can’t comprehend a Higher Self. The Higher Self, by contrast, can include the ego. The reptilian brain is also our automatic pilot. Therefore, the reptilian brain, purely mechanical and unconscious in its operations. Then the the old brain is the ego and when the old mechanical automatic pilot thought patterns starts changing, the Ego is threaten by change and its old created fear and reaction patterns.

Duality is a created concept (Ego) of power, control, and domination. The veil of dualistic view: We create a fixed (rigid)and unchanging world of objects, at the same time feeling separated from it. The veil of ignorence creates the split between ego and self, and between the world and soul, and is the veil of separateness, the veil of distorted views.

In the moment the veil of ignorance is lifted, we attain a universal dimension of existence. “Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown. Ego is the veil between God and the soul. When the ego transforms, then is the realisation of universality or cosmic consciousness.

Knowledge is the fourth level of soul evolution. It is a level of stasis that allows us to react to change from our ego belief in the infallibility of our accepted fact. Our knowledge is the linear programming of our intellectual mind that remains ignorant to the understanding of who we are and why we have an intellect. At the intellectual level of soul growth there are multiple levels of denial of soul and spirit from the ego, and all levels of the intellect and ego react from fear, not love. The intellect remains attached to its belief in supremacy because it fears the loss of its power and control. Ignorance is the action of the root word “ignore,” and for many it becomes easier to ignore the intangible than to search for truth within ourself to support any explanation of its source.

The pagan culture – among pagans, it’s often accepted that the astral plane and physical plane were much closer together at one time, but grew farther apart as ignorance and intolerance began infecting the masses. Many of the realities seen in times past became buried and avoided as the vibration of fear overtook the common minds of subsequent generations. The veil of ignorance covers the supreme Reality of the universe, which is like night to worldly-minded people, because they do not think of this Reality and therefore fall in spiritual sleep and become automatic, and this and combination with the veil of ignorence then hides Reality, the Higher Self, and all other dimensions of existence. The human DNA-Helix have for eons been in a dormant state, waiting to be awaken in full potentials of life. God sits deep within the Self and cannot be realized as the veil of ego intervenes.

As the ego boundaries become stronger, we gradually ‘Fall’ into separateness. And at the same time, what you could call a ‘redistribution of energy’ occurs. The energy that used to be left free for perception of the world’s is-ness and radiance is diverted to the ego. The desensitizing mechanism starts to operate, as a way of conserving energy for the ego. As a result, our perceptions become automatic, and the world which was once so full of wonder becomes a shadowy, half-real place. This is the point when, as individuals, we fall asleep, and knowledge fall in sleep, the DNA Helix keeps humankind trapped in the three dimensional world.

Life is experienced through a binary filter, and results in a dualistic consciousness. Life is experienced through a filter of duality, life is been seeing through a dualistic filter, This dividing reality into binary bits and the divided mind then forms the identity, consciousness and reality. The ego can be operating in a default state of the consciousness, what we see is a mirage. Seeing life through a dualistic filter draws us into and a grand illusion because our perceptions are not good representations of external reality. Ego cannot grasp wholes/wholeness. Its default strategy to comprhend reality is to divide complexities to make them manageable. But larger wholes are indivisible which makes them a threat to the ego, since it has only one tool. Therefore, the egostic consciousness simply cannot provide us with the tools we need to deal with contradictions, paradoxes, and mystery.

However, ego shapes consciousness in yet another way. Ego is the center of the conscious mind, around which we organize everything else. But as this happens, we lose contact with the wholeness that includes both the conscious and unconscious elements of our being. We also lose contact with our heart, our spirit, and our soul. What we are most in contact with is our thoughts, which form our primary identification and become the almost constant background of our consciousness.

First, we are not aware of all the unconscious aspects of our psychology, meaning we are not fully “out” of our egos: we slip through a crack, but remain in that crack between the two walls of attachment and resistance: we do not free ourselves entirely. Nor is awareness permanent, for we eventually fall out of that crack and back inside the walled construct of ego.

That our awareness is only partial and incomplete creates potential problems: while we can access the wellspring of power and creativity that is our deeper nature, as soon as the ego appropriates that force, or identifies with it as its own power source, it becomes a tool of the ego.

Once the ego takes credit for our inner powers—the third force—our freedom is compromised. Recall that ego is limited by duality, the binary oppositions defining the process of thought: good and bad, attraction and repulsion.

Because ego is reactive, it pulls in one direction or the other, so any attempt at liberation is nothing more than a movement in one of these two directions. Only the third force of your deeper nature can free you from the pull of opposites. Beyond the mind’s reach, this force is transcendent. Disidentification clears an inner space for it to work. Once disidentified, your awareness is the transformative third force.

The soul is not a final destination or an end in itself; it serves a mediatory function as bridge between worlds. As such, it forms the final piece in the puzzle we have created in this work in order to portray the rarefied experience of the higher faculties within the borderland of the spirit. The human soul takes its own journey according to its inborn nature, subject to the contingencies of the era in which it lives. Plotinus has made reference to the soul’s journey: “It shall come, not to another, but to itself.”

The journey of the soul moves from the outer world of the natural environment and the experience of the body, to the inner world of the mind, heart, imagination, and spiritual instincts, only to come to rest within the supra-natural environment of the inner life of the spirit, which throughout the course of a life becomes individualized as the soul of a person. In a strange and curious way, this sacred narrative may sound easy and assured:

The soul does not save the person; the person needs to save their own soul. The body, mind, and heart all take part in the dark drama of earthly life in which the forces of good and evil pull us in opposing directions of light and darkness by cords of fear, desire, forgetfulness and many other conflicting emotions and sentiments.

We refuse to consider that the world we live in is actually comprised of the kinds of dimensions of reality. We disallow ourselves the possibility of inner or spiritual growth, because our view of human potential is limited to the capacities of the rational mind. For it is the rational consciousness that creates the unhealthy split of the ego from the id, or consciousness from the unconscious. The human mind is divided to past, presence and future. Until we stop living outside of the present moment, we can never be in the here and now. We are caught in this state because we have divided life into past, present, and future, and we treat these divisions as if they had an inherent reality.

Although this development is necessary for functioning in what we call everyday reality, it creates an imbalance in the “self,” the entire psychic unit, and leaves a person divided, with only a fragment of his or her potential realized. As you now know, when we as a consciousness move beyond the world of the senses in this three-dimensional reality, we can tap into frequencies that carry specific information beyond the vibration of matter and the speed of light. When this happens, the brain processes extremely high amplitudes of energy. When the third eye is opened and the pineal gland is activated; the past, presence, future now become presence beacuse of the ability to be beyond space and time.

The dimensions are simply ascending vibratory rhytms of our being. They are levels in the awakening of our subtle senses and codes that hold the multi-faceted aspects of our one, soul structure. There are dormant portals and doorways into greater states of being that are currently asleep within the human … that the human is currently asleep to, rather.

These doorways are made available when he gets recalibrated to the experience of new dimensional states of his being. In the recahbration of his energetic system, he become attuned to the frequency of the dimension he is going to be accessing and downloading from. This dipping into or initiation into higher frequency compatibility states, is what we sometimes call ‘attunement In energetic attunement or initiation, we are exposed to the planes where these energy states can be contacted, accessed, and assimilated.

The resultant new and augmented vibratory frequencies and transformational energies we display, do correspond to the frequencies of the plane we have been elevated to, for harmonious dimensional interaction, and co-creatorship. The mind interacts with an equivalent energy dimension to customize and bring forth the creations it is capable of furnishing the corresponding frequency match to.

When we are energetically recalibrated, our neurological function also gets adjusted and we become chemically rewired, to facilitate adaptation to the new changes that would allow us to perceive and process the new sensory output. Our mental and energetic transformation creates that adjustment and compatibility with our new form of higher awareness

Some, however, believe this is a result of direct DNA tinkering by the Reptilian Race when they first arrived on this planet, long ago. Some believe that they genetically altered the human race by also unplugging our DNA from twelve to two strands. This was only one of the ways they have kept humans “down,” and “asleep.” It is well known that the human race has been functioning with only a small percentage of their brain power being used.

The soul is an electromagnetic field of energy which can be “captured” and held. The Reptilians learned, over many hundreds of thousands of years, and much experimentation, how to capture a soul and reprogram it. It can then be reinserted into the original body, or into a clone. Through implantation, much like a computer, the clone becomes under the control of the Handler. The soul has been reprogrammed.

A higher knowing is liberating and frees you; because of this you will know your knowledge is in alignment with your Highest Truth. It is not a “voice in your head” telling you what to think or do. Being heart-centered in your approach to life is the clearest way to avoid the dark agenda. The Reptilian implanted self is ego-based, and knowledge is not used to liberate, and enlighten, but to enslave.

The reptilians themselves live in a fear-based system containing specific hierarchies.

The way the Reptilians and Archons enslave a race is they reduce the number of D.N.A. strands in that race’s biological blueprint, trapping it in a vibrational prison. This prison keeps the race in a low vibrational frequency wherein the thought patterns of the race are restricted. These reduced thought patterns keep the race in a fear-based system where each member of the race fights for survival with the other members and does not evolve its intellect and spirituality. This is a perfect example of what is happening on Earth now.

The reptilians manipulate from the lower fourth dimension, the so-called lower astral frequency range. To control this planet they have to keep the mass of humanity at or below that level and disconnect them from anything higher.

The supermind will be the formed body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a superior degree of human greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic force, saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man and his limits; it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper to human nature.

The Superman is one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance to the domain of Truth. He is in possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind – that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure principle of integral Truth-vision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the mind as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as what we call gravitation, light or consciousness.

It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that connect the three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to receive information from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention upward, these threads and cables fuse and widen as a symbolic bridge between the physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in two pieces. The lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create a direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain, where it is interpreted and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest achievements in religion, the arts, and business. At a later stage in our spiritual development, the higher span—the one between the soul and the higher mind—is built. It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.

The frontal lobes at the top of the brain is connected to deeper brain regions.

Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.

Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how the brain operates.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.

Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Interpreting our birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and why we’re here, but also the means to understand the energies within our psyche that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile and re-unite our ‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain.

Expansion of The Brain and Opening the doors of perception and Higher Consciousness

The two consciousnesses

There are always two different consciousnesses in the human being, one outward in which he ordinarily lives, the other inward and concealed of which he knows nothing.

When one does sadhana, the inner consciousness begins to open and one is able to go inside and have all kinds of experiences there. As the sadhana progresses, one begins to live more and more in this inner being and the outer becomes more and more superficial. At first the inner consciousness seems to be the dream and the outer the waking reality. Afterwards the inner consciousness becomes the reality and the outer is felt by many as a dream or delusion, or else as something superficial and external. The inner consciousness begins to be a place of deep peace, light, happiness, love, closeness to the Divine or the presence of the Divine. One is then aware of two consciousnesses, the inner one and the outer which has to be changed into its counterpart and instrument.

The desire soul obstructs the realization of the true soul life.

Intuition comes when ego and duality is dissolved

“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. When its three plumes are of different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore the resurrection fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to the key. The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the outcome is Oneness, Harmony and Balance. In this balance the energies starts spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow. Without the cruxifixation of duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and without the bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be no Oneness (crown).

Intuition opens the gate of spiritual life. This divine intuition is the gateway through which the inspiration of the Almighty enters the mind.

Expanding the Gates of Perception and open the portal and gateway to higher consciousness through the Third Eye. One aim of the esoteric disciplines is to remove “blindness” or the “illusion,” to “awaken” a “fresh” perception. The third eye is only a symbol of a whole set of extrasensory faculties which come to a person through the grace of Divine. This opening the door of the heart to let in Divine grace. It removes the screen of illusions and veil of ignorance, as it were, off the mind and the person develops deep insights and clarity of perception. The new state of awareness, which belongs to the accomplished Spiritual Man. The dormant centre in the’ brain has been activated leading to the opening of a new super- sensory channel of perception, that is the Third Eye or the Tenth Door.

Now, what happens when dormant centers of the brain open? A new mode of cognition, of perception is developed. To be able to hear is to open the doors of the soul.

We bring our consciousness up to what we call the spiritual eye, the third eye, the tenth doorway, the tisra til. That’s usually where the Soul will reside in the physical body: between the eyes, about two inches straight back. The Third Eye is the Supersensory channel to Divine Consciousness and Divine wisdom.

The Third Eye is the threshold within Man that leads to the inner Spiritual regions. Placed in the mystic Centre of the cosmos, it is the bridge or ladder by means of which the soul may reach God. Known as the Tenth Door, The Third Eye is the door that intuitionally links one to the Divine State of Consciousness. Third Eye is represents through intuition. This chakra is also called your perception centre, so this is where your intuition and connection to higher realms manifests itself.

The ethers with thoughts that would uplift humanity is a free-will zone, we have the choice whether we wish to individually or collectively receive the thoughts and/or act upon them or not. Humans are designed with the potential to be able to receive these thoughts with the opening of or activating certain parts of the brain, namely the tisra til which is located at a point between the two eyes. Other names are the third eye, the tenth door, the spiritual eye. The pineal ductless gland is the physical counterpart. When you have been connected to the Holy Spirit, you have the tool to begin opening to higher thought. This higher thought has been there, but you are now able to receive it. Think about this. Think of yourself as being literally surrounded with higher frequency thoughts and now you are able to receive them.

Moreover, they see incoming information and data as being received by junk DNA, and then transmitted via the body’s neural network to the brain, which transforms it into very real human experiences of the type triggered most usually during altered states of consciousness.

Opening the doors of perception to allow such hypercommunication via quantum tunnels would be like unzipping and configuring a computer program, opened only when the correct mental stimulus is given.

Our energetic plane of residency is directly proportionate to the amount of crystalline-based energy we hold within our cells and energetic receptacles- As we let go of the templates bearing the unsening patterns in our lives and relationships, and as we adopt the higher perspective through which to view our world, we work towards the realization of greater union with the Divine Presence. Initiation into higher light frequencies is invaluable for the forward advance within the pyramidal ladder of ascension.

Within our biological and electronic systems reside the divine geometry, containing templates, bearing the ascension codes. The pyramidal, initiation chambers, retain the programming of our ascension to Unity-consciousness.

When activated by divine radiation assimilation, the grid system to which these ascension code templates are mounted, creates an amplified power of light within the individual, resulting in a shift in frequency and consciousness. This shift facilitates the formulation of an influential and inductive forcefield, that serves to eliminate conflict-based patterns or discordant and harmful energy within his system. The Diamond within our physical biology, reveals the Divine Presence matrix, containing the time-coded programs, with the template of our new spiritual species configuration.

The initiation process functions as the portal access key, that unveils the coded genetic programs. This unveiling, activates the DNA receding process whereby the dormant strands are reconnected, realigned. recalibrated. and activated, to provide the ethereal network system, that Facilitates multi-dimensional communication and experience. With upgraded system functionality, and through the process of system recalibration.

During recalibration, and as these ascension codes are being fired within our grid encorlanent, our physical biology is going through that which is similar to energetic detoxification, system defragmentation and reformatting. This vibratory action is making way for the activation of the new templates that will be instilled upon our new grid matrix. As our initiation is taking place,we are being recalibrated into the higher pyramidal chamber of light frequencies that our readiness calls for.

After we have been energetically wired, made aligned and our frequency level has reached the therapeutic and safe point, our newly installed blueprint, and its electronic configuration are activated and amplified. As new energy paver our energetic network system, it accelerates the vibratory activity of the electrons that make up our atomic structure. This activity induces the creation of a better, cellular framework, while quickening our ascension into higher energetic rhythms and plants of awareness.

Initiation is for the purpose of system reconfiguration. Reconfiguration quickens our transmutation and transfiguration. The initiation process can be characterized by an intense period, whereby the experiences that assemble around us, would turn out to be those definite triggers that would serve as mirrors, for the clearing of some of the deepest discordances and misquahricd energy states, within our grid … our mental and emotional filing cabinets.

During such strategic moments, energetic, mental, emotional, and spiritual clearing is done at the root level, as inharmonious files are progressively peeled off, layer after layer, and repolarized. Thus, as we are purged of some of the vile stuff we need to let go, we are said to be travelling light and gaining altitude.

As we predispose our mentality to vibrate at the frequency of gratitude, appreciation, and acceptance, the discordant energies we hold are activated, brought to the top and transmuted by the alchemical flames of the higher frequency state of equanimity we have chosen to vibrate at. In other words, the lower frequencies that produce our (stuckness’ are dumped into the great incinerator . . . the activated multi-dimensional perspective frequency of gratitude and empathy. “they are incinerated and repolari.ed. In other words, this increased vibratory action within the accelerated electron spin that the higher frequency has activated into being, is that which converts our carbon-based frequencies into crystalline-based frequencies.

We are now ready to anchor more light within our cellular structures, for both personal and planetary service. It is after the activity of alchemical purging fires are done, that we become cleared enough for the DNA recoding process to begin. DNA recoding will hardly take place, when we bypass the invaluable, preparatory process of energetic clearing. Genetics engineering is in progress as our genetic blueprint is being upgraded, wired into our etheric network, connected, realigned and activated. Emotional and mental clearing, aid in the building of the energetic, network communication system, and in the construction of an inter-galactic connection to facilitate the Oneness experience of all of God’s creation.

The process of clearing our mental and emotional files induces a shift into our multi-dimensional and multi-body energetic systems. Without energy clearing, and without going through the electronic, initiation process, there is no assimilation or absorption of higher light frequencies. Without being initiated into dimensions of higher light frequencies, there is no ascension. There must be room in the ‘inn’, to let in the light. Through energy clearing, we create an electronic receptacle that functions as a fit, anchor system, with which we can assimilate and ground more light.

As we absorb more light for personal benefit and for facilitating earth’s consciousness state, we are fulfilling the Divine Intent within the planetary project … that the destiny of every hurnan is ascension and union with the Divine Presence. Through the initiation process, we assimilate and hold more intelligent light, thereby raising our cellular vibration. In other words, the initiation chamber is where the electrons that constitute your atomic structure are activated for an accelerated spin, and your recalibrated system is made to correspondingly respond to your raised vibration.

With system reboot, there is the decoding of the sacred geometry; resident within your internal, pyramidal ascension chambers. As your system reboots, you also experience the recoding of your dormant DNA strands, for multi-dimensional living and for greater experience of your perpetual state of liberation and freedom.

Initiation and recalibration predisposes you to the process of anchoring and activating your higher dimensional energy system, aligning you with the level of energy download, that you are prepared for. The light that you assimilate, is indeed information, and consciousness fields, coded with programmed, sacred geometry. These codes will begin going off within you long after the initiation is completed, and while you are waiting for the next initiation process. It is geared towards the unfolding of and recall of your mission assignment and how to fulfill it.

The human Crysalis metaphormisis is the bio-alchemical transformation and transmutation process when Light is made perfected or is transmuted into Gold, its the transformations process from a state of unwareness and seperation to a fully state of awareness and wholeness. Light is what energizing this process of life and breaks the bounds of matter humans is born into, and this is the liberation process, the salvation process, from the dream-sleep state of mind to fully awakening state. Breaking the bounds of matter means to breaking the first bio-alchemical reactions that´s holds the Crysalis in the low vibrational dream-sleep state. Wakening up means to be spiritual aware and get a ability to recieve more subtle frequencies. Higher frequencies creates light and light is needed to activate the dormant 12 dna strand. This Crysalis metaphormisis is a alchemical journey from a 2 dna strand reality to a 12 dna strand reality, or from a 3 dimensional reality to a fifth dimensional reality. This Crysalis metaphormisis is a quantum jump to higher realms of your real Self.

The Chrysalis Rebirth

The changes that we are experiencing are very complex in nature and it presents many challenging choices of re-educating our thought patterns. Once again, the Goddess is providing us with a parallel analogy of the intriguing life cycle of the caterpillar, to assist us in our thirst for comprehension.

The caterpillar spends its whole life crawling on the branches of trees and bushes, munching its way through a variety of flowers and leaves. Its world revolves around the experiences it derives from the environment around its crawling capability, and it has no concept of any other way of life. A crawling caterpillar has to deal with many fears and dangers. It often has to shoulder suffering during its existence, as it inches its way over rough bark, jagged pebbles or falling branches.

Then one day in its short life span, the caterpillar experiences the urge to find a safe and quiet place where it begins to spin a cocoon around itself. It completely encloses and locks itself in a tight shell. Within the stillness of this space, the caterpillar surrenders its very being, its caterpillar structure. We could almost say that it enters a deep meditative dream state of transition and we know it as the metamorphoses of Chrysalis. In this cocooned stillness, the caterpillar begins to unravel its physical structure, melting down and dissolving into a thick blob of living, pulsing DNA molecules. Its basic living essence is still present but is now undergoing the remarkable, magical alchemy of Chrysalis.

This living essence pulses into restructuring and reconfiguring DNA particles creating a brand new matrix. Using the additional harvested chemical compounds of everything it has consumed as a caterpillar, its cellular matrix is transformed into the shape of an exquisite butterfly. When it emerges out of the cocoon, the butterfly or moth becomes aware that it has a different body, one that has wings and can fly where ever it wants. It no longer remembers being a caterpillar and flies into its new life. experiencing the wind currents and the brightness of the sun. It now consumes sweet flower nectar instead of chewing hard and fibrous leaves.

A caterpillar who only knows how to crawl cannot exist in the higher realms of air. and the butterfly has no interest in returning to the restrictive life of a crawling caterpillar. We are the human lotus seedlings, the human Mini Miners and the human caterpillars. At this crossroads of our journey we are aware of the rewiring within our multi-level body layers and begin to wonder where the next level will take us.

For the human vessel, it is a much more complicated and intense procedure because the human-Soul structure consists of many layers that exist in different dimensional frequencies. It takes a strong sense of determination and commitment to enter this particular method. for it requires surrendering within a deep meditative state.

The first step is to gain a deeper understanding of what the metamorphosis of chrysalis and the cocoon stages mean for the human caterpillar. The Harmonic Convergence agreement opened the canopy, the window, through which we can see the potential of the human ‘butterfly” and discover that we can be much more than a human biped of flesh and bone.

The following is a sequential rendition of possibilities of manifesting the next potentials of metamorphoses. based on the chrysalis adventure. It requires the involvement of all five elements: earth. air, fire. water and the ethers.

Our biology depends upon water currents that flow in our blood stream, lubricating and hydrating every all in the body. Water provides the environment where all the elements interact and work with each other, It is the major communication link that carries not only essential nutrients. but also sound frequencies and is a strong conductor for electrical currents. We exist as electrically charged beings that derive our sustaining power from the generating sources within the chakra system and the Merkabah structures. Scientific experiments conducted by various scientists have revealed amazing connections between the emotional vibrations and sound frequencies upon molecular structures of matter, particularly water acceptance of the Oneness with the elements and the reconfiguration of the chakras.

The chakra junction points, between biology and spirit-Soul-Self are redirected and repositioned in response to the changes we have initiated when entering the state of Chrysalis. The caterpillar body undergoes changes to its molecular structure from density to a lighter liquid form. Upon achieving this stage, it submits itself to the re-creation and re-configuration into a lighter body framework that has the ability to fly into the sky.

In the case of the human biology, every panicle must be purified and transformed into a higher. lighter frequency. It too, can be reconfigured and refracted back into a lightbody that can fly and soar in the Ultimate Universe.

To achieve this state. we have to submit to the practice of alchemy that transforms our carbon—based biology into a silicon crystalline configuration. Silicon crystals have a greater capacity to hold light and therefore, become the matrix of the lightbody. Silicon crystals are capable of calming greater and higher magnetic energies.

Our carbon based biology is powered with electrical energies and needs to be elevated into silicon components that will raise our structure into a higher frequency of a magnetic system.

The vibrations of our emotions, attitudes and thought patterns that govern our actions are the very channels that affect our evolutionary progression.

The speed. progress and direction of the metamorphoses of Chrysalis are in direct correlation to the choices we make, based on the gift of Free Will.

Once we initiate the melt-down process. we allow the elements to merge within the safety of the human cocoon chamber, thus entering the fluid stare of Oneness. In this alternate state. we sense the liquifiation of the physical body and perceive it as a golden plasma-like liquid that is overseen by the male energy.

The work of releasing and cleansing of cellular memory begins with the tools provided by the elements. All the elements work together as a team and coordinate each action taken. When we fully accept that we are one with the dements and acknowledge our oneness with the planet. we ignite the activation of DNA strand number four that connects the communication link to the Divine Planetary Essence.

The surrender to Oneness should not be mistaken with loss of identity. On the contrary, all the qualities of Oneness are added as a loving support to the personality, enhancing its individual unique quality.

The water molecules provide the vehicle currents for the electrical charges within all the elements to wash and cleanse the stored heavy blockages in every cell. The heart-water-crystal-core is the pulsing engine that propels the elemental currents throughout the body channels and assists the cleansing sequence. Air, as the living breath, powers the sound frequencies generated by the throat to reveal the location of deeper core issues. Harmonious sound frequencies reconfigure the geometric shapes within the cellular liquid, raising its energetic intensity.

The higher frequencies of the geometric shapes have the capability and capacity to release and disassemble the tangled core issues. Meanwhile. the Fire element maintains the healthy temperature the body needs. At the same time, its assignment is to utilize the pulsing Kundalini fire rising in the prana tube to increase the cleansing and purifying of this energy conduit.

The cleansed, golden living essence will flow into the second cocoon. It is a silvery, platinum cocoon chamber saturated with the female, loving. nurturing and compassionate essence. As the golden liquid enters, it merges with the silvery energetic flow, and it is stirred into a new mixture of nontendered oneness, changing into a silvery-gold weave. It is another step towards disengaging from the Duality mentality. This cocoon deals with the restructuring of the chakra system, inserting the Divine Love component that spirals all six chakra colors into the seventh strand of the heart center.

All four elements are put to work again in this cocoon. Each Chakra likewise, is cleansed continually by the coordinated effort of the four elements. The combined, colorful ribbons are collected into a rainbow-colored spiraling link that is drawn into the Heart core. The rainbow spectrum is in turn refracted by the love-water-crystals in the heart chamber into a unified beam of white light.

This higher frequency can be accelerated by infusing it with waves of harmonious heart song and the bridging emotions of forgiveness, love and compassion. Having achieved this frequency of being. we now have gained access into the crystal doorway of the crystal cocoon. This cocoon is very different than the previous two cocoons. The entrance is a crystal ante chamber similar to the top of a lighthouse where its walls are made up of seven rotating, crystal, window-like panels. lite combined liquid light essence from the previous two cocoons is tasked with the cleansing of all seven panels, as a prerequisite to entering the core chamber of the crystal cocoon.

The panels are coated with the remaining distortions that dim the glow of the light quotient acquired so far. Shifting, shadowy reams of heavy thought patterns. painful. dark emotions and stacked rows of unmindful. duality words of Ego, cover each panel. The panels are to be faced one at a time, to be cleared of the dark smudges. with all the tools pined up to this point. The strongest deansing agents that are available for our use are the frequencies of sound. assisted by the appropriate features of the elements, such as washing windows with water and soap. The blowing strength of the wind can scatter the dark clouds: the scouring of the earth minerals: and the scorching. transmuting force of fire, contribute to the purging of the panels. Once again, the four elements come to the rescue with their supporting loving embrace.

As each chakras is cleared, it transmits vibrating light particles that illuminate the chamber with increasing crystalline light. The moment all seven chakras are cleared, they radiate a pulsing, spiraling beam of light in all directions, transforming the ante-chamber into one crystal gate.

Once we are comfortable with the alternate thought pattern, we have the potential of greater awareness and acceptance of the transformative attributes of the crystal cocoon chamber. This allows the entrance of the sixth and higher senses into our awakened Consciousness, enabling our inner sight to gain clarity.

The crystal gate admits us into a vast multifaceted crystal dome. In the center is an egg-shaped crystal cocoon that houses our new fetal body, suspended in a liquid, crystalline embryonic fluid that contains the fifth element, the vibration of the ethers. Held safely in this crystal womb, the metamorphic alchemy begins the reconfiguration of our carbon-based cellular structure into a crystalline silicone one.

The rate of the transmutation correlates with the level of consciousness achieved. The Over-Soul team monitors the growth, magnetization and expansion of the light particles and will initiate the necessary adjustments in the chamber when required. Maintaining a continual strong and deep breath of life is mandatory to fuel and energize the passage from cocoon to cocoon.

A big percentage of dimensional space is filled with the element of air through which weaves the dimensional fifth element, the ethers. As we purposefully increase the volume of the breath, we begin to access the adamantine particles of Creator Light that reside within the ethers. When we begin to spiral the breath in the shape of the infinity symbol from the heart, we accelerate the currents of Divine Creator energy.

The spiral breath focuses, sending the breath into the soul-star on the in-breath and loops the earth-star on the out-breath crossing over the heart. This establishes a powerful figure eight pattern. This pattern encourages the integration of escalating numbers of life-code seed atoms provided by the Over-Soul. When we consciously engage the spiral breath, we gain the ability to reach the still point of the atom-seed, causing it to increase the magnetization and integration of Creator Light particles.

Magnetization of all particles is important to increase the electrical power pulses required to maintain and sustain the engine of evolution. The infinity breath allows the Light particles to accumulate in the Heart center, and in turn widens the channels into the Pineal master gland. In the Pineal, the light particles are filtered into the brainwave synaptic field according to the level of achieved vibration.

When we choose to allow the ongoing transfiguration of the new structure and wiring systems, the changes within us become more and more evident in the crystal cocoon chamber. The rate of recalibration of the Merkabah, the light-vehicle that is manifesting around the cocoon, is also directly correlated with the progress of the atomic readjustment of the matrix of the crystalline fetus.

The first geometric figure of the Merkabah is the hexahedron, which is a cube shape. Raising the vibrational frequencies of this grounding layer energizes the Tree-of-Life and roots it into the heart of the developing avatar body. This completes the circuit formed by the lines of communication among the grounding DNA groupings of one to nine, two to eight and three to six.

The second geometric shape encapsulates the first, and it is the icosahedron that begins to flush out any remaining obstructive particles still floating in the system. Once cleared, the next geometric container, the star tetrahedron, continues to raise the frequency by bringing in the neutralizing fire that transforms the Ego-Will into Divine Will and further encourages the move out of Duality.

At the same time, the energy of the star tetrahedron, upon reaching the appropriate level becomes androgynous, merging male and female energies into Oneness that was initiated within the platinum cocoon. When all the geometric shapes have clicked in place and are pulsing with increasing speed, the whole structure takes on the figuration of the blazing Chariot of Fire. It is the recalibrated and magnetized space-suit of the lightbody that resonates in higher vibrational frequencies and has the capability of navigating the interdimensional highways.

Choosing to enter the Chrysalis phenomenon changes the symbiotic relationship between the Soul and the human partner. The newly increased vibrational frequencies begin to flow through the changed chakra junction points and reach a higher manifestation of the symbiotic combined structure. The potentiality of the complete interface of cellular biology to the true light body matrix of the Soul has become a reality in the inner crystal cocoon chamber.

This developmental shift is a complicated endeavor and it is not expected for anyone to be able to reach this destination in one life time. The potential of possibility is there, however the intense energies involved and the cost to the human body are very high and not to be taken lightly. It may take many turns of reincarnation for humanity to enter the final stretch. In its finishing stages. the internal make-up of the new Soul-Human being consists of balanced, lighter strands of light that begin to emit a more hamionious song, and the human caterpillar is ready to enter the final stages of Chrysalis.

The crystal lotus seed has germinated within the crystal waters of the new Heart core and is about to bloom into a brilliant, sparkling crystal lotus. In full bloom, the crystal lotus represents the new flower of life for its expanded crystal petals reflect the full spectrum of creator light.

The new model of the interdimensional human-avatar is about to emerge from its cocoon.

The finish line is in sight, but the long awaited time for the unveiling of this new model is yet to be determined, for there is time allotted for last minute changes. Each emerging occasion is a personal happening based on the rate of transmutation and the choice of Free Will.

At this time in history, it is a given that the Earth is going through its own evolution. As a spaceship for humanity and all the living Earth’s essences, it is a huge undertaking and can be a frightening experience for those who are unawakened. As our vibrational bodies grow and change, so does the Earth body, for its structure closely resembles the human vehicle construct. The Earth is a watery, blue planet and the four elements flow and blow within it the same way that the bloodstream and air circulate within us. The globe is encapsulated within layers of protective energetic structures similar to the Merkabah around the human form.

A chakra system is also present within the Earth’s mantle, and these energy vortexes are undergoing the necessary restructuring and recalibration. In compliance with the requirements of the Shift, as the power centers of the seven chakras have been redirected and merged into the heart center of the human framework, the same changes apply to the Earth’s chakra system. The four elements within the Earth respond similarly to the ebb and flow of the emotional waves of the resident Mass Consciousness. Gaia, the Earth Mother has put herself in her ‘cocoon: and we are in it since we are part of her cellular structure. The process of Chrysalis has begun for the Earth body, and we as the living particles upon her surface, are participants in her evolutionary climb. Gaia’s chakra system is complying with the Great Shift mandate and has begun its journey of recalibration. It is for us to note that, as she changes so do we. As we grow into enlightenment, so does she.

Ancient artifacts that have been hidden in the deep chasms have begun to slowly resurface and have begun to stimulate dormant memories in the minds of men. We have been exploring the effects of massive, worldwide pollution during our times of industrialism and materialism, and it has weighed down the energies of our water particles. It is predictable that this heavy layer must begin to sink, according to the law of energetic gravity. This rotation of energies has created a current and it is gaining strength, creating the necessary under-tow power for change. The waters will cause massive, cleansing hurricanes and tornadoes across the globe as part of the anticipated Earth changes. Keep in mind that the intensity of these occurrences, caused by the four elements is directly correlated to our rise in consciousness and the reactional choices we make as a world population. Our choices as individuals are the wispy threads that are braided into the thick ropes that can change the extent of the turmoil.

Once braided, the strands are woven into the tapestry of potentials of the new world. The churning changes below the surface feeds the spin to raise the frequencies of matter necessary for the voyage through the interdimensional journey. The Earth’s magma core is the fireplace that fuels the engine for the changes, while the volcanoes take on the roles of venting pipcs to release accumulated pressures. This active restructuring becomes more and more evident along the western coastal regions of the globe, known as the Ring of Fire. The increase in volcanic eruptions along this area causes the intense tremors that will shift the tectonic plates below the Earth’s surface. When this happens, we know that Gaia has notified us about her intention to shrug out of her old mantle.

Time and Space were the Duality, three-dimensional walls that anchored the Earth’s reality and have to be dismantled as part of this move. The rise in technology has given us the ability to break through the sound barrier, and we are on the brink of discovering the secrets of surpassing the speed of light. The Etheric Earth has already moved into the next dimensional platform and it is time for the physical Earth to follow suit.

The planet is encapsulated in its own version of the Merkabah space-suit that is being recalibrated in preparation for the launch into the dimensional corridors of space. The Earth’s energetic matrix has begun to drift into a plasmic energy layer called the Photon Belt, while at the same time the sun is going through its own magnetic pole shift. The sun and the moon are part of the Earth’s three-dimensional harbor and arc both responding to the winds of change. The international space-agencies have already encountered many purling anomalies in the frequency and strength of solar mass ejections that did not follow the normal patterns observed in the past. Increasing ionic solar storms, and more frequent powerful bursts of Gama rays, have driven the scientists to seek for more answers.

These solar activities will continue to create global disruptions in the wireless energy channels we depend upon in our present society until our technology can recalibrate and re-adjust to the changes. The domino effect is in play in all layers. for when one system crashes others will follow suit. As we raise the vibrations within our energetic fields, they trigger wild weather patterns around the globe and noticeably, unusual cosmic acceleration within the known Universe.

The weather patterns are responding to the urgings of the elements and human Mass Consciousness. Cold snowy fronts seem to envelop regions that have not experienced these frigid weather patterns for many decades. Dryt arid regions are flogged by rainstorms, while other areas are turning into deserts. Heat waves with dangerous. rising temperatures cruse suffering for the steak and eldedy in regions that are not prepared to withstand such conflicting weather patterns. We have taken a look into the perceived connections of pollution and global warming. Based on spiritual information given to us. we may acquire greater understanding of the rise in temperatures.

The Earth’s axis has begun its tilt towards a new position, and the melting of the polar ice caps as part of the responsibility of the water element, prepares for the inevitable pole shift. The Earth elements follow suit, with the shifting of the land masses through earthquakes and the rerouting of streams and riven.

The fire element takes on the role of purification and is supported by volcanic eruptions and forest fires. Fire is a powerful hand of alchemy of metamorphosis that transforms and alters everything it touches into ashes. Ash reverts anything into its basic chemical compounds and returns it back home to the basic elemental components of the Earth.

The contributing factor of the air element is the wind currents, which act as Gaia’s breath of life and forms the powerful force that blows away the dark and heavy cobwebs of emotions we have imposed upon her. Hurricane-force winds are necessary to uproot the pools of stagnated. heavy, shadow energies that have accumulated in different areas around the globe.

The Earth heaves and is determined to shrug itself loose from its tired, old cloak, for Gaia has chosen to enter the path into ascending Consciousness. She has begun to blaze a new track in the etheric corridors of dimensional space. She yearns to go home. What her new coat will look like no one knows, for the end of time as we know it, is shrouded in the mists of infinite, unrealized possibilities.

Mortal existence is not easy. It never has been, and never will be for any creature sown of this garden world. What follows are thoughts about the human journey, the fare existence offers, and the choices each must resolve alone in the sojourn through the veiled maze of space-time, of consciousness with all its dualistic notions. It is a journey of ecstasy and agony, courage and fear, love and hate. It is the mystery born of the passionate mind, and the flowing array of perceptions every human being faces in the movement though birth, sickness, injury, aging, dying, and death.

We live in a time period similar, yet increasingly unique among the many cycles come and gone before. Excessive population, coupled with unprecedented, unrestrained technologies, are driving our petri dish experiment of free will toward a rather bleak outcome. All the insanities we have so carelessly, foolishly, needlessly wreaked upon the earth’s magnificent diversity, are huge rebounding tsunamis awaiting our arrival in time. The rules of the manifest game are simple and uncompromising, and those who bend and break them must eventually pay the price that Mother Nature is more than capable of exacting.

As long as we human beings battle over pride-filled differences, we inevitably embrace a fate of our own synergistic, instinctual, self-absorbed design. The monopolistic win-lose divisiveness wrought since history’s invention, since our egocentric, competitive, voluntary secession from the garden, spirals us down a path of annihilation. What we have done in all our arrogance has created a time already nightmarish for many, and will only exponentially accelerate for those to whom we are now ancestors. And we are nowhere close to discerning a common vision, a truly cooperative paradigm that might sidestep it.

We leave it to future generations to create solutions to problems we have all aided in forging. We as a species have not yet fully fathomed our interconnectedness, our inherent kinship to the indivisible totality. We have not grasped that time does not exist as any more than a play of consciousness, a collusion of imagination. Nowness is the only ephemeral, eternal reality, and the decisions each of us make in this moment-to-moment flowing create the dreamtime future.

Now that we are aware what the journey entails, we can begin our climb up the ladder of evolution with awakening knowledge and wisdom. Knowledge and wisdom is like a map to follow and he who follows the map of light, wisdom and knowledge will not walk in darkness. Knowledge creates a more relaxed mind in this journey of life.

At the end of the road there is nothing there as such but in that nothing everything becomes apparent. All questions are answered. It is an experience. It can’t be described. You’ll know it when you get there and when you do your stress will pass and you will believe in the now—no longer in the past or in the future. You will have arrived ready to take the next journey—and that is when the true fun starts. You will have learned that everything is the same and different at the same time. You will see the polarity and understand it. The answers to the mysteries will become obvious. You will trust the process of life, stop resisting it, let go of the struggle and allow the Universe to support you in an elegant and abundant life. You will see the big picture. That is what awaits you. That is the essence of balance, healing and knowing who you are. Life becomes fabulously exciting and full of love.

Synergies are the mutually reinforcing action of separate substances that, together, produce an effect greater than that of all the components (or parts) acting separately.

It was from fear of putting power in the hands of the unwise that this knowledge was for so long withheld and sequestered in mys-tery schools and esoteric societies of alchemists and magicians. Also, the politics of power was a motivating factor in keeping higher teachings out of the educational system. Now, however, the world is ready to change and take a step into a higher octave, and those who are able and ready to ascend will need to know and apply these principles. So the knowledge is at last being made public in a clear, simple, and usable form.

For this purpose, for the sake of revolutionizing life as we know it, the image of the Crystalline Lattice is of the utmost importance. It is a key to ascension to higher levels of form and energy on an individual and collective basis. In fact, the crystalline perspective, held in the mind steadily as an understanding and an image, is an enabler, which makes everything we have explained come together in a dynamically creative and powerfully effective system. If you can grasp this fact, and assimilate these principles, you are ready to bring about astonishing results.

We arrive into this world in a state of avidya, or ignorance of our true nature and potential. This primal ignorance characterizes the existential condition of most ordinary human beings.

The purpose of our existence is to move from our current state of avidya, ignorance, to vidya, or wisdom, from the finite to the infinite—or, to again invoke the ancient prayer of the Vedic sages, from the unreal to the real, from darkness to light, from death to immortality. The fact that the nature of the creative process necessitates the state of “original ignorance” in which we find ourselves is expressed through the ambiguity of the term Maya. Maya, as we have already seen, is translatable as “creative power!’ But it is also translatable as “illusion?’ Maya is the creativity that makes all of our striv-ings possible, but it is also, paradoxically, that which we are striving to overcome.

On the one hand, it teaches that behind the veil of this finite world lies the Infinite who permeates everything and every being, including ourselves.

What Mukti or Nirvana actually implies is the removal of the veil of ignorance, which conceals the true nature of the self.

The real self and reality lies hidden under the thick veil of ignorance.

Reason cannot go beyond the sense of ego-perception. Any inquiry into maya is not to make the concept intelligible, but to enable one to go beyond it.

Kundalini—The term means “the curl of the hair of the beloved.” It is described as a very powerful form of psycho-spiritual energy that is curled or coiled at the base of the spine in the first chakra. According to yogic litera-ture, when awakened through the disciplines of yoga this energy uncoils and moves up through the spinal canal, piercing the chakras and eventually entering the brain. Great energy, power, insight and bliss are said to accompany the experience of kundalini in the brain.

From a scientific persepctive kundalini process is basically desirable, signaling a transformation to another state of consciousness that may lie on the frontier of our evolutionary future.”

The true Kundalini awakening is not a minor sensation along the spine or a quiet shift, but rather an advanced form of incredible power that will organically open and rise in its own time.

Once the granthi in the heart chakra is pierced, the Kundalini energy will continue its evolution upward, opening and clearing the throat, forehead, and crown chakras. The ajna, or forehead chakra, also contains a granthi which, once pierced, allows the person to access unlimited wisdom.

The chakras are also referred to metaphorically in the yoga scriptures as lotuses, their rays of energy forming the petals. Each chakra has a certain number of petals. In the ordinary person whose mind is operating in the lower centres or planes of consciousness, these petals are turned downwards, their rays of energy flowing out toward the senses.

The yogi, through yoga practice and meditation and right attitude turns the petals upward, pointing toward the brain, creating an upward flow of energy to the higher chakras. ‘Right attitude keeps the whirlpool of self-realization expanding outward to infinity, instead of becoming locked in a narrow cycle of ego-limitation.’

The dormant kundalini pranic energy stored at the base of the spine is awakened by the practice of yoga techniques, spiritual practices with a spiritual consciousness. When this powerful kundalini energy is activated it rises upwards through the astral spinal pathway piercing each chakra as it ascends. When the kundalini reaches the highest chakra at the crown of the head the yogi becomes perfectly detached from his or her body and mind, and enters into nirvikalpa samadhi, the blissful superconscious state in which the yogi realizes his or her oneness with God. In this state the enlightened yogi is freed from all limitations caused by time and space. After the experience of this samadhi, the yogi continues to live and move in the world like any other person, but with one difference: the yogi’s consciousness is always of the highest realization, in which there is no distinction between him or her and God.

As on its way the individual soul progresses by piercing the Chakras one after the other. Each chakra represent one level of consciousness. To pierce even one level of consciousness requires immense power, because you are piercing through from one world to another. As Kundalini ascends, she encounters the barriers of the chakras, which only become perceptible in resisting her progress.

It activates the power to reverse adverse situations, to cleanse energy blockages, to heal, reorganize and restore your vital life energies. Instead to lte the petals in the lower chakras be pointed downwards a kundalini awakening reverse this process and turn the engergy upwards and this is the process of enlightment and changing the low vibrational frequency reality to a higher vibrational consciousness. Because the petals through the human evolutionary history has been pointed downwards the energy channel has become blocked and therefore also block the access of information and knowledge to how to transform life.

With this in mind, if we want to understand spiritual awakening, perhaps the best way to approach it may be to consider the nature of waking up—that is to say, the ordinary, physical activity of the human body waking up after having been asleep. What does it mean to awaken? It’s about becoming alert, rousing your awareness, paying attention, and noticing what’s going on.Spiritually speaking, waking up is a metaphor for adopting what is called a transcendental or heightened level of consciousness. When our bodies are asleep, we enjoy a lower level of consciousness than when we are awake—our brain waves are slower, our perception is dulled, and our mental functions like thought and imagination shut down.

Before seeing the mind of God, we would need to first pierce the veil of illusions that stand in the way.

Maya is held to be an illusion, a veiling of the true, unitary Self

The illusions of earth, though lessened, are not escaped from in the lower heavens, though contact is more real and more immediate. For it must never be forgotten that these heavens are part of a great evolutionary scheme, and, until man has found the real Self, his own unreality makes him subject to illusions. One thing however, which produces the feeling of reality in earth-life and of unreality. If we look at earth-life from within, under the full sway of its illusions, while we contemplate from outside, free for the time from its veil of Maya.

To lift the veil meant to pierce to the heart of a great mystery. We pierce the veil of form and matter for creation to reveal its inner beauty.

Behind the solid world of forms that our minds and senses construct, there is nought but a constantly changing pattern of energy. Nothing exists but the dynamic bundles of energy. The rest is an illusion created by the human mind. Even with this scientific support, it is difficult for people to pierce through the hypnotic vision of the world of the senses. So this first step toward wisdom is not an easy one.

The intelligence of the ignorant and the conventional people is about the same. The conventional people follow the ignorant and the ignorant have a mind completely veiled. Remove the veil and the ignorant become wise; leave the conventional man uncontaminated and his mind remains pure. Therefore the perfect man has to think his way through, has to have a perspective.

With a perspective, he becomes transformed; by thinking his way through, he merges into nature. He responds to the affairs of the world without signs and deals with them without visible traces. His ink seems to be there by itself, and his brush moves as if not doing anything. Thus the little scroll controls all objects of creation. One who keeps his mind calm will find that ignorance is replaced by wisdom and conventionality by purity of mind.

Piercing the three knots of ignorance or three grantis

What would you see without the fear of death? What would you feel and think if death held no attraction for you?

This is the darkest veil, upheld by the belief in death and protected by its attraction. The dedication to death and to its sovereignty is but the solemn vow, the promise made in secret to the ego never to lift this veil, not to approach it, nor even suspect that it is there. This is the secret bargain made with the ego to keep what lies beyond the veil forever blotted out anc unremembered. Here is your promise never to allow union to call you out of separation; the great amnesia in which the memory of God seems quite forgotten; the cleavage of your Self from you… the fear of God , the final step in your dissociation.

See how the belief in death would seem to “save” you. For if this were gone, what could you fear but life? It is the attractioi of death that makes life seem to be ugly, cruel and tyrannical. You are no more afraid of death than of the ego.

To grasp the heights of heaven and the depths of earth in a balanced manner, the soul must ascend and descend simultaneously. Further, it must descend below the half measure as far as it ascends above the half measure so that the scales of heaven and earth remain balanced in the soul’s awareness. By doing this, the Tree of Good and Evil is transformed into the Tree of Eternal Life.

When ignorance clouds the mind , dual cognition of subject and object based on relative consciousness appears to be the only truth.

In the Gospel of Mary the soul ascends past powers such as darkness, desire and ignorance. The powers attempt to persuade the soul that it belongs to the material world. Desire tells the soul that it did not see the soul ascending — that is, it tries to persuade the soul that it originated in the material world, not in the spiritual world. Ignorance tries to persuade the soul that it is bound to the material world by its nature, and so on. The names of these allegorical characters and the appeals that they make to the soul indicate the forces that resist the soul’s ascent. In the Gospel of Mary the ascent indicates the practical efforts that the soul must make to avoid being held back by the restraining forces.

“The universe, the domain of the Archons [the lower powers who rule], is like a vast prison whose innermost dungeon is the earth, the scene of [humanity’s] life. Around and above it the cosmic spheres are ranged like concentric enclosing shells . . . The religious significance of this cosmic architecture lies in the idea that everything which intervenes between here and beyond serves to separate [humans] from god, not merely by spatial distance but through active demonic force.” It is the idea that creation is the work of lower gods who are each responsible for their own part of the cosmos and their purpose is to prevent souls from ascending through the various stages or circles of creations’s This is mostly done out of ignorance of God,” who is above them all, as will be further discussed below. ‘s Not only do they not know this true God, but they also obstruct the knowledge of God.” Despite this bleak picture of the cosmos, some gnostics still held that there is a mixing of the light from God, or beyond, with the darkness of these imprisoned realms.”

Within this framework, then, humans are prisoners. Humans are considered to be composed of flesh, soul, and spirit. The body and soul are the result of the cosmic powers/gods who imbue them with the passions and appetites of the lower spheres and are therefore subjected to the created prison. The spirit, on the other hand, is seen as having fallen from the beyond and is held captive by the body and its liberation, its awakening, only comes via knowledge!’ This spirit is sometimes seen as the presence of an inner “Self;’ that is “the transcendent and true subject of salvation.”” Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of one’s self. However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.’ “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about it-self and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.

Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison.

Salvation thus consists of liberating the pneuma from its bodily prison so that it may ascend to God. Association with the body has caused it to forget its high origin and true nature: in a word, it is ignorant.

THE THREE PSYCHIC KNOTS – OBSTACLES TO KUNDALINI/AWAKENING

Within the susumna nadi there are three psychic knots of energy, known as granthis. The Sanskrit word granthi means a knot, a tied-up force, or an obstacle to one’s spiritual growth. These knots restrict human life to instinctive, emotional and intellectual levels.

The knot of ego-consciousness: it is a condition under which the self imagines itself to be a separate and selfsufficient entity,

In man there is a knot technically called the “knot of the heart — hridayagrandhi”. It is a knot forged between the conscious and the unconscious. It is the identification of his limited ego-consciousness with the infinite Self.

With continued practice, we learn to “unhook” from our customary home in our ego-based identity—and then sustain an embodied presence and relatedness known as “open-hearted awareness.

AWAKENING OF HEAD, HEART, AND HARA

Awakening, which might be described as the opening of one’s eyes to our inherent nature, is always the same understanding wherever it appears, although different traditions might use different language to attempt to describe the experience. To use the words of the Christian mystic Meister Eckhart: “The eye through which I see God is the same eye through which God sees me; my eye and God’s eye are one eye, one seeing, one knowing, one love.”3 The moment of awakening is a sudden, intuitive understanding—not originating in the intellect—that all there is is Consciousness, or God, and “I am That.” But this “I” is no separate “I”; it is not a personal pronoun, but an impersonal one. Later, we may come to understand that the “I” that is That is the same essence that is this—this moment, this experience. However, the clarity of knowing is free from any acquired answers or doctrine. It appears from beyond the finite mind. The moment of awakening can be dramatic or quiet; there may have been many tastes before it occurs; and some beings seem to come into their incarnation consciously “remembering.” But an authentic awakening always carries with it a shift in identity.

Awakening occurs in different ways and at different levels of experience. There is an awakening of the head, out of egoic identity into the absolute dimension, into emptiness, awareness, openness. This is a profound awakening, an awakening to the transcendent, but Is still only a partial one. There is an awakening of the heart to Oneness, to unity, and the causeless love, intimacy. and compassion that moves from the true Heart of Awareness.

There is an awakening of the ham, a dissolving of the existential knot of separation in our gut, a knot that generally continues to be present experientially even after authentic awakenings to emptiness and oneness have occurred. For those unfamiliar with the term ham, It Is considered the seat of energy and balance in the body-mind, located below the navel in the area of the lower belly. It can be felt as a place of an invisible strength when we put our attention there in meditation or in the practice of martial arts. But in deep spiritual awakening. this area of the gut is where we feel the existential grip of ego’s deepest and most primitive instinct to survive. it Is a contracted state of consciousness that is at the very root of the ego structure—beyond thoughts or Images of a “self” that we carry in our mind and beyond the familiar feeling states identified with a “me.”

These may have been transcended or made transparent in the awakenings of head and heart, but thegut-level existential knot remains. To come upon this existential knot of consciousness is to come Into the space where ego fears Its annihilation, Its nonbeing. if we bump up against this preratlonal dimension of fear holding up our separate Identity, It can feel like we are having a nightmare but in our waking hours. Nothing external is fearful, and yet we may experience terror.

When we are ready. we face into this fear, but it is only when something deeper than our instinct to survive has revealed itself. When this contraction releases, there is a sense of falling into that which has no name. In Zen, it has been called “going through the gateless gate” or “having the bottom fall out of the bucket.” There is no way to force letting go on this level, and it is unwise to try. It may also be the case that life does not move to release in this dimension.

Either way, we can trust the wisdom of Spirit’s unfolding. In the Heart of Awareness, we are no more and no less what we truly ARE regardless of the depth of our realization or experience. with awakening to the truth of our transcendent nature comes an end to seeking. an end to the illusion of the ego’s separate existence, an end to the illusion of “doership,” and, depending on the depth of seeing, an end to fear.

The separate “I” or ego disappears in such an understanding (although it often returns as it continues to be melted time and again back into its Source). The life of the individual continues on being whatever it is. The transformation is a shift of perspective, not of personality. Ordinary life continues, yet it is no longer seen as one’s own. Something shines right out of our eyes and right out of ordinary moments.

There is a new way of seeing the particularity and infinite beauty of each thing, each being. Life as it is is seen to be sacred and impersonal, yet it is seen with great intimacy and love. Separation ceases, although it often returns grossly or with great subtlety, only to be seen again. While the initial awakening tends to be up and out of identification with form into that which transcends the body, awakening is not an experience that confers specialness, for we see that the infinite ground of Being, the Heart of Awareness, is shared by all. We awaken to our No-thingness and our Everythingness, our emptiness and our oneness. These awakenings can occur simultaneously or at separate times.

The finitude of the individual is not due to its bodily existence, but to the presence of the ego. So long as the ego remains, fiditude, in the sense of limitations of personality, remains. Liberation is liberation from the ego and its limitations. The individual is liberated by transcending the ego.

Thus, liberation is not primarily a permanent relief from all types of suffering, not even the realization of an abstract undifferentiated con-sciousness, but rather the transcendence beyond the ego and its restrictions. By cutting the knot of the ego, consciousness ceases to be personal; it is spread out infinitely, and becomes identical with the universe. The universe is then seen to be identical with the transcendental consciousness, arising from it and again with-drawing into it.

So long as consciousness is egocentric, all thoughts, feelings, and actions are directed towards furthering the interests of the ego. But when consciousness is universe-centric, thoughts and actions no longer serve the interests of a single individual; they become disinterested. As there can be no sense of want in that state, there is no longer any feeling of pleasure or pain; there is only a sense of fullness, unvarying and undying. There is nothing outside this transcendental consciousness, there is nothing to be attained; all actions and thoughts are unmotivated, completely free, not even restricted or governed by the laws of logic. Therefore, there is no reason why thoughts and actions are there; they are there, simply because the free transcendental consciousness freely wills them.

Ignorance is a veil the devil is using to cover people’s eyes so that he can destroy them and wipe them off from the surface of the Earth.

THE THREE PSYCHIC KNOTS knots restrict human life to instinctive, emotional and intellectual levels.

How loosening the knots at the heart is the main loosening of the channel knots

The third is understood by the yogi free of conceptualization. of great marvel. Because all winds have been halted, this is born, an understanding of this reality

“The third” is the definitive significance of the mind-vajra syllable—the winds brought into the place where the channel knots of the heart have been loosened. “Understood” means that this has been realized by the yogi. At that time, an innate wisdom, free of conceptualization. “of great marvel,” or of great wonder, is born. “An understanding of this reality” refers to the “great marvel.” The reason for this is that all winds and conceptualization have been halted, meaning that you have the ability to gather the winds into the indestructible drop. This clarifies the reason given above for the mind seed-syllable being the master. It teaches the vital significance of gathering the winds at the heart in halting conceptualization and the moving winds. Therefore it is saying that practices that gather the winds at the other cakras do not have that capability, because it is a passage teaching why gathering winds at the heart is of prime significance.

Then:
The centers of the emanation and dharma cakras are two lotuses, it has been said, above and below, as if facing, of sixty-four and eight petals. Well positioned above and below, the life and evacuative winds flow. It has been clearly taught that these two are solely winds of conceptualization. The channels Sand and rasand are the essence of body and speech .”

The sixty-four-petal lotus is the emanation cakra, and the eight-petal lotus is the dharma cakra. These are the two lotuses. The commentary on the third line says, “They are positioned like a lidded box.” This is a good description. It means that the heart lotus faces down and the navel lotus faces up, as described in the Saniputa Tantra, and therefore they are like a box with its top and bottom joined. These lines describe the positions of the heart and navel-channel cakras and teach that the life-sustaining and evacuative winds, positioned above and below and flowing through the two channels, are winds that create conceptualizations.

Then:

The avadhfiti, supreme channel,

lying in between these two, supreme of the supreme, without conception, always flowing, pervading all. Such a yoga, once achieved, is always able to work for living beings, victorious over the specific winds, at all times in a state of victory. Unknown by the fledgling yogi, it grants full enlightenment instantaneously, this tantra has said°

If the winds enter the dhuti, which lies between the other two channels. conceptualizations are severed. Therefore it is greater than the other two channels. With the attainment of such a yoga comes the ability to work for others and a victory over the winds that produce the 108 conceptual minds. This is not known by the generation-stage practitioner, and it has been said that the gathering of the two winds into the dhati will “instantaneously,” or quickly. brings about the full enlightenment of clear-light attainment. In order to bring the winds into the dhCiti, the generation stage must be completed, and then you have to proceed through the stages leading to the practice of vajra repetition:

How is that to be achieved? I will speak of this practice. First, the great yogi, with an excellent mind, meditates upon mental quiescence. With the yogas of the generation stage, he practices the wrathful mudras, and at the nine openings of the senses, all is everywhere constrained. The harp recitation is unparalleled, the unbroken continuum is supreme and is maintained for six months Then, instantaneously it is achieved.

The “mudri” is the mahimudri of the deity form of the generation stage. The commentary describes “wrathful mudris” as “blazing mudrAs.” referring to the generation stage that burns away ordinary perceptions. “Hum recitation” is said to be just one part of vajra repetition. This practice draws in the winds from the nine openings, such as the eyes, as taught by the two lines beginning “and at the nine openings.”

Then:
By what is this achieved? By recitation the heart lotus also is broken to face upward. Then the conjoining of the secret lotus is separated, and the two winds of conceptualizations are severed. The nonconceptualization brings bliss, achieved by the reality of mantra, and remains within the flow of the avadhuti. Having opened the eyebrow center with the winds, it is achieved, and the joy in that achievement arises constantly and does not end.

The first two lines describe how the channel knots at the heart are destroyed after vajra repetition has been performed for six months

The dharma chakra is of the nature of universal love and concentration and resides in the Dharma-cakra in the heart in a lotus of eight petals.

Dharma means the teachings of enlightened beings

Granthi means “knot” in Sanskrit and there are three main knots: root, heart, and forehead chakras.

Vishnu granthi, a seal or knot in the heart chakra that must be broken or dissolved for subtle energies to flow properly.

There are three knots in the sushummi nerve of all humans in the centre of the spine. At the time of the formation of the body, the Ruin shakti’ or “Kundalini” descends through this sushunizza, from the cap of the skull to the bottom of the spine and is locked there due to these knots. It stays in repose there like a three and a half coiled serpent. It is addressed as the Kula Kundalini Shakti. These knots are at the Multidhar granthi, at the base of the spine. The next one is at the heart called the ‘Hridaya Granthi’ and the third one is the tongue or the ‘Jiwha Granthi’. These three granthis or knots are collectively responsible for the entrapment of the being into the endless cycle of life, death and rebirth. They prevent the awakening of the Kula Kundalini Shakti and its passage from the bottom of the spine to the top of the skull.

Open the heart knot with meditation and mantras There is a subtle knot of the ego holding us back from fully opening to our divinity. It is in our subtle bodies at the heart—a knot of separation from the divine. The knot is called Vishnu granthi.

enhances its potency and leads to liberation. Its energy regenerates every cell, filling it with light, dissolves all negativities, misunderstandings, clears the heart; unravels the heart knot and breaks the bondage of ego identification.

The siddhis are a special kind of psychic and supernatural powers a yogi possesses when he purifies his mind and attains perfection.

The eight petals of this lotus are the eight Siddhis or the 8 super human powers

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

8 petals and the chambers of heart

THE HIDDEN CHAMBER OF THE HEART. Your threefold flame of life is sealed in the eight-petaled chakra called the hidden, or secret, chamber of your heart. The threefold flame, or “divine spark,” makes your heart a replica of the heart of God. It is literally a spark of sacred fire from God’s own heart. The threefold flame is your soul’s point of contact with the Supreme Source of all life. It is your potential to become the fullness of all that your Real Self is. The threefold flame has three “plumes” that embody the three primary attributes of God. The blue plume (on your left) embodies God’s power. The yellow plume (in the center) embodies God’s wisdom, and the pink plume (on your right) embodies God’s love. By accessing the power, wisdom, and love of the Godhead anchored in your threefold flame, you can fulfill your reason for being.

lowing stream of radiant energy … It is a “crystal cord” * of luminous essence, a ray of Light that spirals from the Supreme Source of Being

This silver cord or the crystal cord receives the light and energy of our Higher Self. The crystal cord is anchored in the body in th heart center, and from there this energy is distributed throughout the body via a netork of spiritual centers known as chakras. each chakra is a sending and receiving station for the particular quality of energy associated with that chakra. For example, the quality expressed through the heart chakra is love. These piritual centers are not static points of light but dynamic energy centers cosnatntly take in and send out spiritual light and energy.

The stream of God’s light, life and consciousness that nourishes and sustains the soul and her four lower bodies. Also called the silver cord.

The eighth ray corresponds to the secret chamber of the heart, an eight- petaled chakra behind the heart chakra, where the threefold flame is sealed.

The heart chakra is represented through twelve-petaled lotus, but the secret chamber of the heart has eight petaled behind the heart chakra, and there is where the threefold flame is sealed.

The eight-petalled lotus flower can be identified with the so- called ‘fire lotus’ or Shakti (Kali) triangle. The combination of the eight-petalled lotus (= Shakti triangle = yoni) and the head (linga = seed) symbolises the principle of creation.

Inside the heart, which is like a lotus seed, are eight petals and a center, within that center, the channel of the seed, has the essence of a lamp. It is like the flower of a plantain tree,
spreading underneath this entrance. Inside of that is the hero, the size of a sesame seed.

The so-called pulse-point is the sino-auricular node (which is regarded as the seat of the origin of the heart-beat, the heart is referred to as a small lotus of eight petals, and the heart is referred to as a small lotus of eight petals the center of spiritual consciousness in man. The lotus petals on the rim are twenty four, standing for the twenty-four channels branching out from the eight petals of the heart-center of the subtle yogic nerve system.
Once the Anahata Chakra is opened one is able to perceive the unstruck sound, unborn or undying vibration. Through this Chakra one experiences God as eternal vibration. This is what the mystic experienced in the cave of the heart as the inner voice of God.

Deep meditation

You find yourself in a deep cave. It is full of light from crystals, stalactites and stalagmites, glistening in a variety of different colours. There are thousands so splendid you don’t know where to begin to look.

Despite this splendour you are drawn to the back of the cave. It is in darkness. You pick your way through the crystals. Finally you reach the back of the cave and in the far corner there is a certain crystal. It is not like any of the others. It appears quite dull, yet you are compelled to reach forward and touch it. As you do it begins to vibrate.

The vibrations increase in intensity and the crystal begins to glow. It works to remove all negative debris, achieve purification and to raise your consciousness bringing you to the higher dimension. You can feel it focus its energy on your base chakra.

As purification is achieved it gives you an emotional release moving you from a feeling of survival to joy. Now the sacral chakra is engaged. It takes you from a place of pure sexual emotions to an appreciation of both your masculine and feminine sides.

As your solar plexus glows in its light you become aware of your own power.

It gives purification and you recognise how to use this for the greater good. It feels good to have this greater wisdom.

The crystal now works with your heart chakra. You suddenly feel very emotional a little hurt and unloved. As this chakra is purified you begin to consume an understanding of unconditional love. Your levels of trust are brought into question as it reaches the throat chakra. But as you are purified you sense and recognise your psychic and spiritual abilities. Focusing now on the third eye the crystal makes you aware of your higher self and of the healing you need.

This is provided as this chakra is purified enabling you to reach higher levels of divine inspiration. Lastly, the crystal focuses on the crown chakra which immediately brings forward all past life and soul connection issues. It brings you purification and you are able to link and connect with your true self. With this realisation you continue with higher inspired communication and this is so enlightening. This is the most powerful purification you have ever experienced as it reaches you on a physical, emotional and etheric level. The crystal continues to glow very brightly. Its energy strengthens your connection with your guide and other divine beings.

When the crystal has finished enlightening you it returns to its quiet state and you find yourself in your comfortable place, truly happy and contented.

Then the central being of real Divine Self is unchanging it stands outside evolution – silent, detached, impartial, and unaffected. The soul or psychic center, howeever participates in the evolution and itself undergoes a dynamic developement. It is both immortal and growing in the evolution, and as a results it is developing new powers and capacities in each lifetime, actualizing new potentials in its journey toward maturity. The ancient, effulgent being, indwelling spirit, subtle, deep-hidden in the lotus of the Heart, is hard to know. But the wise person following the path of meditation and knows him. The immanent Divine Self corresponds to the psychic center located in or behind the secret cave in the heart chakra. Then this is the unchanging Inner Self this is the one who survives death.

It must be remembered that the psychic center is not located in the physical heart or in the heart chakra, it is often confused with the heart center. It is located behind the heart chakra, deep within on an inner plane. For the opening of the heart chakra is precondition for the full emergence of the psychic center.

The evolutionary nature of the soul can be confusing, for it is both an eternal and indestructible portion of the Divine and simultaneously a growing, developing center of consciousness. It is initially a seed of potential that contains all Divine possibilities within it. Its growth is a process of unfolding these latent powers. The psychic center is spirit in manifestation, ever alive, ever whole, ever pure, yet also progressing as it evolves new abilities out of itself.

It is necessary to understand clearly the difference between the evolving soul (psychic being) and the pure self or spirit. The pure self is unborn, does not pass through death or birth, is independent of birth or body, mind or life or this manifested Nature. It is not bound by these things, not limited, not affected, even though it assumes and supports them.

The soul, on the contrary, is something that comes down into birth and passes through death—although it itself does not die, for it is immortal—from one state to another, from the earth plane to other planes and back again to the earth-existence. It goes on with this progression from life to life through an evolution which leads it up to the human state and evolves through it all a being of itself which we call the psychic being that supports the evolution and develops a physical, a vital, a mental human consciousness as its instruments of world-experience and of a disguised, imperfect, but growing self-expression. All this it does from behind a veil showing something of its divine self only insofar as the imperfection of the instrumental being will allow it. But a time comes when it is able to prepare to come out from behind the veil, to take command and turn all the instrumental nature towards a divine fulfillment.

This is the beginning of the true spiritual life. The soul is now able to make itself ready for a higher evolution of manifested consciousness than the mental human—it can pass from the mental to the spiritual and through degrees of the spiritual to the supramental state. Till then there is no reason why it should cease from birth, it cannot in fact do so. If having reached the spiritual state, it wills to pass out of the terrestrial manifestation, it may indeed do so—but there is also possible a higher manifestation, in the Knowledge and not in the Ignorance (the first ego-knot of the three knots is the knot of ignorance and is the bondage of speech).

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.

Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled your soul.

When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.

You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the Higher Self.

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

When the say Man in born into enslavement, Man is born into the world of Matter (The Artificial Intelligence and Matrix) and have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind.

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries.

Knowledge is the fourth level of soul evolution. It is a level of stasis that allows us to react to change from our ego belief in the infallibility of our accepted fact. Our knowledge is the linear programming of our intellectual mind that remains ignorant to the understanding of who we are and why we have an intellect. At the intellectual level of soul growth there are multiple levels of denial of soul and spirit from the ego, and all levels of the intellect and ego react from fear, not love.

When the intellectual mind that is attached to knowledge is choosing to ignore the changes it must make to grow into the Cycle of Understanding, it is reinforcing the pattern of its shell. Ignorance of the human mind that captures the ego in fear is an expensive lesson within our society. Changing from reactionary fear to open-minded love is a necessary step in the equal growth of us as individuals, as a society, and as a world. We can initiate this Universal change by beginning to change our understanding of self and repatterning our thoughts, words, and actions from fear to love. Each level of growth is defined by a cycle of change that allows us to shift the focus of our consciousness and to move through our seven levels of fear into a change cycle of seven levels of love. It is through changing our beliefs and our behaviors that we create change in our life and in society. The emotions that we use to help transport us from one level of awareness to another are the fractals of our electromagnetic energy force fields of learning. Our patterns of growthfollow these fractal patterns of energy that are integrated within each and every physical cell and energy cell within us. The cycle of change from fear to love will move through seven levels that are attached to fear and seven levels that are moving into the being of love.

We are not disturbed by the fact that this ego is a phantom because we strongly believe in its existence. This false perception is a result of our ignorance of reality and as long as this state persists we can never stop grasping. Ignorance is dualistic perception. The lack of knowing our true nature is called ignorance.

The repressed or denied collective shadow can strip us of our humanity. We unconsciously act out the more repressed aspects of the collective shadow and find ourselves hypnotized by the communal movement around us. On the flip side, when we are seen as standing alone in our truth, often the collective shadow’s response is to view us as wrong or crazy and not worth listening to. Objectification of others comes from an agreement with the collective shadow. When making the other wrong, we dehumanize them. And the need for us all to be in agreement with some collective assumption dehumanizes us. The suppressed shadow makes enemies.

To move against the collective shadow is truly a hero’s journey.

It is very important that you understand the Shadow because it represents the beginning of your journey into form. To be alive in a physical body can be experienced as the ultimate constriction, especially if your reality is rooted in fear. Fear is the by-product of all low frequency energy fields. Constriction is the physical manifestation of fear at an individual and universal level. Moreover, fear creates a very effective biofeedback loop that ensures its own survival. It’s really very clever when you think about it — fear is afraid of itself, which ensures that it never accepts itself, which ensures that it always survives. There are different kinds of fear as well. There is the fear that is hotwired into all physical creatures — the genetic fear that ensures our survival as individuals and groups or tribes. Then there are the more pervasive manifestations of fear — the fear of war or chaos or cataclysm, which exists at a collective level within the human unconscious. The deepest fear of all is the fear of not existing — the fear of death on the individual level, or the fear of extinction on the collective level. Such fears form the general backdrop awareness field of our planet. Then we come to pure fear, which does not even have a target. Pure fear is simply a collective thought form that hangs like a grey fog across our world.

The Shadow teaches us something profound about the nature of ignorance. In reality it is a form of repression. All repressive natures essentially use their energy to maintain a state of ignorance. Ignorance in this context refers to the inability to look at your own pain. The deeper your personal wound is held captive inside you, the more your higher faculties shut down. Ignorance is not bliss. Ignorance is misery, but it doesn’t recognise this unless something momentous happens. Because of the pervasiveness of the Shadow frequency, ignorance is still one of the greatest diseases in our world. It takes a massive collective effort to constrict the life force wanting to burst from our bodies. The moment something triggers the letting go of your pain, there is a flood of release and relief around your heart as the Shadow of Constriction is weakened. Whether you repress this pain again after the event is another matter entirely.

The collective shadow emanates from the collective unconscious and is a manifestation of the dark aspect of the Self that is capable of being projected onto minority groups within a particular culture or even onto whole nations. A collective shadow also represents a universal human dark side within all of us.

As long as the ego and persona continue resisting and repressing, they are in a state of identity with the shadow entities, since all unconscious forces contaminate ego consciousness without the ego ever being aware of the contamination. The first step in freeing ourselves from blind shadow impulses is to recognize that they exist.

The shadow dwells in ignorance.

Where there is persecution, there is shadow projection.

The collective shadow forms a counterforce to self that tempts ego to renounce interdependence with self.

The appearance of the world is taken as real by the ignorant, but the wise who can see through it find nothing but God, the only reality behind this illusory show.

He places them all under the influence of Maya* which prevented them from knowing their real character. Not knowing his real nature through Maya (Illusion) is man’s Ignorance.

Maya is basically the illusion which di-vides reactions and relationships into subject and object and gives rise to the pairs of op-posites in the manifest world, seeing them as separate instead of totally interdependent. The word “illusion” is derived from the Latin to play a game, but play has its own rules, it is not haphazard, there are winning or losing choices and moves and throws which influ-ence the outcome of the game and set an ir-revocable force in motion. Maya is also that which can be measured and therefore involves limitation and finitude as opposed to the immeasurable and unbounded Absolute.

Maya is a reflected world. It is illusory in that the reflection can never be the thing-in-itself, but it is real in that the reflections can shadow forth the presence of the Real and, once known for what it is, can be the means of leading to the Real. In this reflected world things merely appear distinct and discrete be-cause they are caught up in the time-space continuum and seem to follow each other; illusions the coming into being and passing from it are of time.This succession of changes is perceived by mind and created by mind.

Once the ignorance and illusion are recognized the “perfuming” power works in reverse and leads to an understanding of the truth and releasing from the bonds of illusion, leading the individual to the dharma and the way back to the Real.

So long as he will grovel in this ignorance, so long as he will identify himself with his body.

Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses. Experiences through the senses are coated with a thick layer of negativities. The soul can thus no longer reflect its purity, its true nature which is Sat-Chit-Ataanda (Knowledge, Existence, Bliss). Meditation removes attachment. Meditation teaches one non-attachment. With the mind indrawn and still, man loses his physical identity. External distractions through the senses and from within from the subconscious are easily restrained. The less the body-consciousness the closer man is to his spirit.

Could it be that enslavement to the flesh, meaning the inability to free our consciousness from the mundane plane and its limited conceptions and so realize the wonder of our origins and the glory of our destiny, can really only be overcome bygoing into the Silence.

Here is a key principle of wisdom: illusion operates throughout the personality,” pervading the mental body as false beliefs, the emotional body as glamour, and the vital body as maya. Understanding this principle implies deeply distrusting all reactions of the personality to life and circumstance, because illusion cannot even be recognized as illusion without the illumination of the soul.

To be subject to the laws of Maya produces fear of death, fear of the other, pain, and misery. Being is above all, it has no death and no other. It is one, not many. The highest ideal of man is, therefore, to realize his true being.

The nature of Maya is to screen or veil us from the divine self and God, and then produce the forms of the world we perceive. The nature of ignorance is such as to disappear altogether when knowledge dawns.

Unmasking the projection by naming it creates freedom and rejoicing. The dialogue continues with each of seven forms of power: “The first form is Darkness; the second, Desire; the third, Ignorance; the fourth, Zeal for Death; the fifth the Domain of the Flesh; the sixth, the Foolish Wisdom of the Flesh; the seventh, the Wisdom of the Wrathful Person” (Gospel of Mary 9:18-24, SV). What does the soul do with each of these forms of power? The soul could avoid them, ignore them, hope they will go away on their own accord. But the soul actually faces and confronts each of these dark energies and in so doing they lose their grip and power over the soul. Greater understanding may come by counting the powers down from the seventh to the first. The seventh is the wrathful power, the wrathful pan of ourselves. Underneath the anger and wrath might be found hurt that needs healing. There might be an ego that needs to give up being egocentric and find its true center. Anger is often the symptom of something deeper. Once there is dialogue with the core issue, then out of the wrathful person comes wisdom. The sixth and fifth forms of power have to do with the flesh. Dialogue with the flesh may reveal and unmask its foolish wisdom and its dominance over us. In the process, the soul becomes free.

When will we individuals have the courage to face this zeal for death, unmask it, see what lies behind it, and redirect the energies into life? When the masks come off, what do we find? Are there deep-seared fears that need to be faced? Is our national shadow being projected onto other people?

The third form of power is ignorance in all its forms. How is ignorance overcome? Knowledge and wisdom are the answer, not just information. It is commonplace these days to recognize that we have an information glut. Information technologies have spun out of control. When will we learn how to use information wisely?

The underlying root of all delusions is the fundamental ignorance mis-apprehending the nature of reality. This ignorance is a state of misconception. Since it misapprehends the nature of reality, it has no valid grounding in our experience or in reality. In fact, it apprehends reality in a manner contradictory to the way things actually are. Hence, it is an erroneous and distorted state of mind. As this is so, it opens up for us the real possibility of eradicating it.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The widely agreed goal of a spiritual teaching is to free the human being from the ignorance that keeps him/her in bondage to the material plane

In order to grasp readily the esoteric meaning of this part of the gospel, it will be helpful to envisage a pyramid with a staircase spiralling up the centre. Here we can see that the soul marks out the square base of the pyramid in her earthly incarnations, moving around it in order to overcome the challenges of the four elements. The soul meets the challenge of earth/Darkness (corners 1-2), ‘turns the corner’ and progresses through water/Desire (corners 2-3), turns the corner again to encounter air/Ignorance (corners 3-4) and finally comes to fire/Wrath (corners 4-1). This is the last ‘corner’, or challenge, to the soul concerning the base of the pyramid. Here we reach the first and last corners of the base; our progression around the base in a clockwise or sunwise direction guides us to the point where the journey began. However, because this is the life force itself (fire),

Wrath has to be overcome on seven ascending levels (the seven chakras leading up the spine to the crown), because of course the fire of the life force informs every level of our consciousness. This creates the ladder or the stairway up the pyramid. Therefore, having overcome the first three challenges, the next thing the soul has to do is to encounter and overcome those elemental challenges again, this time on increasingly subtle levels. They have already been met at the ordinary plane of consciousness, ensuring that the soul manifests through an ordinarily adjusted human being. Now they must be mastered on increasingly deeper and correspondingly more powerful inner frequencies. These equate to the first four chakras: the base of the spine (eanh/Darlcness), the sacral centre (water/ Desire), the solar plexus (air/Ignorance), and, of course, the fourth chakra (fire/Wrath — the one which also contains the spark of divine fire — the heart). This chakra, focal point and balancer of all the others, is the altar of our being, within which shines the holy and eternal flame. It is here that the alchemical process will take place that transforms the gross fire of Wrath — the undifferentiated life force which manifests as self-preservation or the force of the ego — into Love. This happens by offering up Wrath itself (all the desires of, and worries for, self) as a sacrifice into the divine, purifying flame of Love, the Christ, which dwells deep in the heart.

When we do this at the base of the pyramid (between the corners 1 and 4) as Mary teaches us to do, which means that we overcome Wrath and supplant it with Love by means of continual sacrifice of our lower selves on a daily basis in our everyday lives, then the divine flame in the heart, fanned and fostered by this continual sacrifice, allows us to climb the seven stairs with winged feet, making a song of celebration of our ascent. (‘That which bound me has been slain. That which enveloped me has vanished. My desires are no more … Henceforth I am centred in Repose’, etc.). The fourth and central Power of Wrath has at last been overcome. The fourth Power is the fear of death, a terrible power indeed, because whilst the soul remains in ignorance of its true destiny and its true inheritance — eternal life — the fear of death holds great sway, active on many levels and sometimes manifesting as an insane tenor which compromises all the true and beautiful values that the soul, in its innermost striving, holds dear. The fear of death prevents us from expressing our uniqueness, the beauty of our heart-secreted light, because we are also afraid of being slain at emotional, psychological and psychic levels. Until we can overcome the ignorance of the illusion of death, we are not free.

The idea of the seven steps rising up the pyramid from its four-square elemental base at the point of fire/Wrath also gives us the fifth element, ether. The ancients called this the ‘quintessence’, literally, ‘the fifth essence’. It was considered to be the ethereal counterpart of the mundane elements. The soul in the act of climbing the seven steps up the pyramid from its base at the point of Wrath/fire (corners 4-1) expresses the nature of this element, because it is in our ethereal or inner essence that the fires of Wrath must be refined or transmuted to Love. That is why ether rises with the life force or fire right up the pyramid from its base — because the fifth element pervades, and extends beyond, the others. When it is purified by the divine flame in the heart, then the ether becomes a vessel for that divine flame, cloaking the soul and carrying her with it to the lower elements so that they might be transmuted. It is the stuff that the soul commands, wonderfully sensitive to her bidding, consisting of the matter from which her dreams of beauty may be wrought — the soul’s own element, the white ether, another aspect of the Wedding Garment.

As the soul mounts the stairway, the ‘demons’ of each plane or step gather to hurl insults at the soul, trying to make it feel insecure, guilty, vulnerable and intimidated so that it will decide to return to the security of what it knows, i.e. descend again. They shout Murderer!' at the soul because it has slain the phantoms of Darkness, Desire and Ignorance, and address it as 'vagabond' andslayer of space’ because it has freed itself from the vacuum or emptiness of imprisonment in the lower planes and, no longer having roots in its corrupt nature, has no home there anymore. In other words, they proclaim its victories, but in a way that is designed to cause the soul to feel culpable for having achieved victory. Their ruse does not work, however, because the soul has learned the lesson of spiritual poise. Poise is the essential quality, because when we overcome the first three elements of our ‘base’ nature (the base of the pyramid), thereby gaining awareness of our higher nature and control of our animal nature, we find we are still by no means off the hook. Wrath can flood in and inflame us into expressions of darkness, untransmuted desire and ignorance against our better judgement. The poise that the soul expresses is learned from applying the Law of Love. It begins to proclaim its freedom.

Mary has given to us, via her gospel, the beautiful teachings which explain soul ascension. When, as spirits clothed in the essence of soul we descend to the womb, we enter the world of matter composed of the elements. We are locked into the base of the pyramid which is the mystical structure of our being. Although we have to overcome all aspects of matter, it is the fourth element of fire, the life force itself whose divine aspect dwells within the heart chakra, which is the greatest challenge. Mary describes it as having seven manifestations, three of which consist of the limitations of the first three elements of earth, water and air, corresponding to Darkness, Desire and Ignorance, and the remainder of which comprise the Fear of Death, the Power of the Flesh, Foolish Reason and Self-righteous Materialism. The Gospel of Mary present these last four as (the fourth) Fear of Death, (the fifth) Enslavement to the Body, (the sixth) Intoxicated Wisdom, and (the seventh) Guileful Wisdom, which provide further insight into the nature of these manifestations of Wrath, the lower fires of our consciousness. In the East, this power of fire or life force is called the kundalini, the serpentine fire of life which is locked in the base chakra. It must rise up the spine (the sides of the pyramid) to the crown (the pinnacle of the pyramid), but not until the chakras have been purified by the divine flame in the heart, and the soul resonates with that divine flame rather than its gross and wrathful counterpart which is the power of the self-serving ego. If the latter state prevails, the rising kundalini breathes its cosmic fire-breath into the impure energies which are lurking in the chakras, causing mayhem and even insanity or death. When it rises under the conscious direction and control of the higher mind or the higher aspect of the soul, it ascends in complete harmony with the higher chakras, which are the heart, the throat, the brow and the crown centres; and thus do we become fully human.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. The mind has always been a favorite target of the enemy. If the devil can control the mind, he can control one´s life. Ignorance is the weapon the devil uses to gain control of the human ego and the archons controls the lower matrix

The limit expresses the circle to which it belongs. Hence, mind seeking for treasure where it is not, is mind directed by ignorance. It is directed by a will not controlled by wisdom. Wisdom never disappoints. Ignorance always deceives. Ignorance controls. Ignorance has no power to heal. Wisdom only has power.

Satan acts like a roaring lion seeking victims to destroy. The fact is that many people do not yet understand the battle confronting the human race. Hence, the devil is taking advantage of human ignorance, stubbornness, disobedience to God, and desire for worldly freedom to create havoc in the environment where humans and evil spirits coexist. Evil spirits have been on the earth since Adam and Eve were created because God threw Satan out of His kingdom and many angels followed the enemy to fill the planet.

The mind has always been a favorite target of the enemy. If the devil can control your mind, he can control your life. Spirits that attack the mind include mind control, confusion, mental breakdown, mind-binding and mind-binding spirits, insanity, madness, mania, fantasy, evil thinking, migraines, mental pain, and negative thinking.

Ignorance is the root of the notion that the “ego” is important, and the human being who is occupied by his e§o is therefore often incapable, weak and distressed.

If you are weak, the soul remains ignorant and attaches itself to worldly objects and desires in its ego-consciousness. When you awaken from this ignorance, your spiritual personality expands and the spirit makes its real presence felt.

Illusion is meant to entrap and enslave humanity. This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance. Consequently, the created world is a counterfeit world fashioned by the counterfeit spirit of the demiurge and his archons.

Ignorance is a limitation of knowledge. The problem with of Evil is the creation of ignorance and there is a veil of ignorance in the place in this world to create separation from the real higher self and to prevent humankind from have access to divine knowledge, and because of this the archons can control the world, humankind and keep them trapped within the low vibrational frequencies of the reptilian mind control reaility.

Humanity can remove the veil of Ignorance by ascending to the supramental level and by realizing integral knowledge. It is possible to realise the Divine Truth or integral knowledge again only through the spiritual evolutionary process.

Ignorance is like a veil wrapped around the human mind, a veil that prevents the mind from breaking free of the shackles of materialism. Through this veil, we see only a material world, with material beings. We see a material sky and material plants and animals. The veil of ignorance keeps us disconnected from life’s deeper reality.

Man has consciousness of his physical body, of his physical environment. He has no consciousness of his Higher Self because he cannot see it. His ignorant mind shrouds his spirit. It is vital that every effort be made to realise his real self, the spirit. Only deep meditation will lift the veil of ignorance and reveal to man his true nature.The ultimate goal of meditation is to reach this pure consciousness. It is the highest state of consciousness man can attain and become capable of enjoying his full potential. If the body does not get sufficient rest and sleep it gets out of gear. So it is with the spirit. The spirit lost in the abyss of the mind and unable to manifest itself has made us run into spiritual bankruptcy.

Man is always running after life external while there is something much superior to life. Man’s spirit is higher than this material life. The awful tendency of allowing the mind to identify with external objects always creates bondage. To every action there is a reaction. So long as man keeps fixing his mind on external things he will be a slave of the senses and the body. The mind gets easily identified with its object of observation and loses itself That is the tragedy. Man takes himself for a body and has forgotten his real identity. This is the greatest blunder of humanity: to think we are bodies. We have become bodies, just bodies, nothing else. All our trials and tribulations result from this erroneous belief. Anxieties, fear, worry, trouble, assail the average man because he takes himself for a body.

Only taking in knowledge of the Self, such as the scriptures teach, removes the veil of ignorance and reveals the Self.

With mind and intellect established in That, with That as the supreme goal, they, whose sins have been dispelled by knowledge, reach a state of no return.

The preceding verse describes the state of human Perfection. A state following the destruction of ignorance and realisation of the supreme Self.

Blessed then are those who by painful researches, tend to remove those destructive veils which have so long concealed mankind from each other.

Meditation is at least one of the techniques historically considered effective for individuals who desire to pierce the veil between physics and metaphysics.

The moment this veil of ignorance or darkness is torn to pieces by our incessant efforts or by any other means, we discover that we are light which is our real higher self. Receiving the divine flash means discovery of the real nature of our self which is all light. It is the awakening of our soul from its slumber — a kind of spiritual awakening.

The moment you fully realize your control over your destiny (through the right use of your mind), the picture of your life will begin to change for the better. It changes because you see the obliteration of the veil of ignorance that once held you bound. That veil is what causes the ignorance and blindness of the mind.

When scriptures teaching that Satan is obstructing, he is strying to stop, block, hindering, slowing down or delaying spiritual awakeking from expanding in enlightment within the mind.

Until the veil of ignorance is removed or destroyed, the inner taste for the objects cannot be removed. Fear is the main component that controls the veil of ignorance. When the veil is removed, perception of objects becomes possible, and the removal of the veil of ignorance disperses doubt and error.

The base, carnal, worldly, self-seeking desires which, by keeping the soul in ignorance of its true nature and destiny.

The personality is a mask we show to others. The belief that the personality is the true self is an illusion must be shattered. The Veil of Illusion lies between our ego and our Spirit. Everything below the Veil is an illusion. True Reality is on the other side, where our Spirit resides. We can pass from the world of illusion through the veil into the world of spiritual reality Matter consists of energy. At the atomic level it is mostly empty space in constant movement, a mirror of the cosmos. All matter is illusion. There is no real separation between the physical and the spiritual existence. To remove the veil of illusion is to raise consciousness, to become aware that we are actually in the Spirit.

To be able to rasie consciousness one must be able to change the inner vibrations from lower to higher to break the chains of negative fear programming of the evolutionary old brain.

The spirit of ignorance controls the world, humankind, the matrix, vibrations, access to information, prevent spiritual progress/ascending, and ignorance creates lack of knowledge and ignorance creates fear, and fear controls 2 dna strand through low vibrations.

The spirit of ignorance is both phsyical and spiritual manner. Ignorance does not attack animals but man. The reason is that it is a weapon in the hands of the devil.

When God created us, He created us in His own image. Not only that, God blessed us and from the beginning of the creation, He made us to rule over all of the creation and even Satan. But the devil deceived man so as to hijack the authority God gave us.

The devil knows that as soon as our eyes are opened to see these things and we realize who we truly are, he’s already in trouble. That is why he uses ignorance as a weapon to destroy men. Ignorance is a disease to mankind. That is, it is an enemy of man.

It separates people from God: Ignorance is one of the devices the devil is using to separate people from God, and there is veil of ignorance in place in the three dimensional world to prevent humnakind from awakening from the slumbering ignorance of the ego.

Ignorance turns one to a slave: Ignorance will always make you a slave to a wise person.

Being ignorant is like living in the darkness or in a dark world. When you are in the dark, you can’t see anyone or any structures and things around. So you begin to walk around without a bearing and focus. And every step you take is likely to land you into a very serious danger. This means, in the dark, there is no hope for surviving, there is no vision of where to go, you can’t see anything good, you can be easily ensnared, you only know your mind, and you can’t see what’s coming your way. The same thing happens when you are ignorant. It cannot be bribed: The only way out or solution to ignorance is knowledge.

Ignorance is an enemy of knowledge: Ignorance never cooperates with knowledge. They always fight each other. Both are enemies. Ignorance always prevents knowledge from taking over its place. The archons prevent the soul from acending to higher levels of consciousness or enlightment and prevent spiritual progress.

Our limited consciousness prevents our realizing our divinity. To reach beyond consciousness one has to gain control over the mind. To go beyond limited understanding and unravel the all-pervasive consciousness is to realise our perfection. As man’s mental perceptions get finer and finer his understanding of the true reality will improve to gradually unveil to him the One Reality behind all things.The purpose of meditation is to bring the mind by constant practice to dwell specifically on that One Reality, God.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. . The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

This world don´t want humakind to have knowledge of how to progress for spiritual self-realisation and is a enemy to such progress and the veil of ignorance in this world control the lower matrix. This world has made humankind to a victim of ignorance.

Ignorance gives room to the enemy: A person who lacks knowledge is never secure. What ignorance do is to open the door widely for the enemy to come in and you may have believed to have gotten adequate security.

It can put one in bondage for long: Ignorance doesn’t have pity on people. It makes sure he keeps its victim in bondage as long as it could until the person dies or breaks loose.

It is a limitation: Ignorance will always limit you. It will make you to lag behind, to be stagnant, and to go spiritually backward. The ego don´t want any kind of spiritual progress of the real higher self.

The goal of ignorance is to destroy the real higher self and that´s why the ego has become god this world.

We will never die and our integrity is more important than our present body. We use to be Gods of our own universes, but now we are fallen and no one will help rehabilitate us. We have total amnesia when we should have total recall. No one is encouraging us to throw off our chains. We’ve only been given inhibitions. No one has allowed us to know our true potentialities. We’ve been oppressed and mind controlled by alien beings for the purpose of making us unknowing slaves. We are entertained and defrauded by television each day while the alien agenda relentlessly unfolds. When word gets out that we’ve been mind controlled, oppressed, held down and used by a reptilian race to further their own nefarious purposes, mankind will break out of his chains. It will be endgame for the reptilians. That’s why the reptiles know that this secret must never see the light of day on planet Earth.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The backstory is that these governmental agencies are the front-men for forces by which they foster division and polarized realities so that people spend all their time defending one position against another, even on trivialities, thereby fracturing the mind and disconnecting it from the Infinite which brooks no polarity.

David Icke writes: that a reptilian race has controlled the planet for thousands of years and continues to do so today. … “They are everywhere,” he told astonished journalists, “in the sky, in the sea and on the Earth…” He said that ‘they’ controlled humanity through the mind. Revealing such informations opens up to mass ridicule, or they will be persecuted.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

The RFID chip have same purpose of control and total enslavement. Humankind will in their mind think it is something that will make life easier and create freedom, but instead it will create a digital cage of the carnal mind of nature. The hidden purpose is to capture the carnal mind desires within a economic political systems no one will be able to leave or spiritual progress from a three dimensional world to a fifth dimensional reality of enlighment.

Technology is an expression of the Elites of society. They say Technology is a great force that we cannot stop. This is a myth. We can by simply disconnecting from it. When the RFID chip is in place humankind can then no longer disconnecting from it. So technology creates a “digital cage” which make it difficult to disconnecting from, but when the RFID chip system is in place no one will able to disconnect from it and will follows everywhere. This will block every spiritual progress of humankind and their seeking for their real divine higher self. A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Therefore humankind will be trapped and imprisoned within the low vibrational frequency world of the reptilian wavelength of fear-based frequency of control.

Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population. That is through these energies and forces the organized gang stalking is operating.

Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.

Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.

The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.

When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame and commune with the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the key that connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit is the fabric of our world. His energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize ourselves with that light—and it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn our attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this world through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss energies is represented by Oneness, and the archons separation of this world prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access higher levels of consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof years. The archons jave hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind from the divine god source.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed critical limes: crucial change is upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth. Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal with it will be a measure of our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same time that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle and shuffle there will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to think? How will we choose to engage our consciousness? When will we stop being herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural perceptive and cognitive systems?

According to a long list of mystics and sages over millennia, and also according to a whole array of psychic and unexplained phenomena, then the physical world we live in, the objects, events, laws, and universal rules that we believe in—are not, in reality, what they appear to be. . . . It is like we live in a magical castle with thousands of rooms . . . and we spend our lives wandering from room to room, discovering new things and creating hypotheses from the new findings.. .. But we never discover the foundations upon which the house is built—we enter this castle at birth and leave it at death under the influence of a spell cast by our brains.

Our brains are responsible for the reality we perceive because it is our primary filtering apparatus. Yet like all good hardware it is merely processing the inputs it receives. It is a matter of “garbage in, garbage out.” In this sense much of what occurs as daily life can be seen as a construct or, if you like, a program. Our social lives exist within a myriad of competing conditioning programs, the majority of which are aimed at bringing a person’s focus out onto the external physical and away from internal reflections. We therefore need to be more conscious of how these processes operate. For example, over the decades many in the developed nations have been lured into a fetishlike relationship with commodities; this then lures people into a credit/debt society that ties them into a virtual mind prison.

Throughout our lives we are subjected to indoctrination by a systemic structure of processes and institutions. Within this conditioning environment beliefs almost “grovel’ into us. And once they are a part of our socially constructed selves they are sustained, reinforced, and protected, often unconsciously, by psychological processes of perception. With few rare exceptions, all people are brought up within specific culturally defined environments (or templates). A person’s dominant social milieu then attempts to offer a variety of accepted sociocultural norms of thought and behavior. These may operate through various forms, such as personal faith, religion, science, language and emotions, denial and doubt, happiness and fear, safety and security (identity and belonging), well-being and materialism. Once ingrained, a person is liable to perpetuate such traits, believing them to have been obtained through “free thought.” In the end, we reinforce beliefs that have grown into us, accepting and defending them as our own.

The ancient Greeks used persuasion as a form of rhetoric and regarded it highly as a rational means for argument and communication. Such persuasive debates can themselves be seen as an ancient form of propaganda. Yet throughout history the need to persuade and influence has always been manipulated by those people in power as a means to maintain authority and legitimacy.

Propaganda in various forms has always been employed as part of the dissemination of information and/or beliefs. Whereas in past centuries this was predominantly related to religious doctrine it later became particularly rampant during times of ideological struggle.

However, propaganda was transformed into a deliberately organized weapon of warfare. What national governments learned from the two World Wars was that public opinion (the mass mind) was a vital factor in securing ongoing power struggles. So not only did governments need to ensure that sufficient numbers of people were willing to die for the national cause, but also that in relative peacetime the very same people were willing to become the most compliant consumers. The overall manipulation of the mass public mind thus became no longer a matter of speech making; it had to become a pervasive presence within the lives of each individual. In this sense:

Culture was reduced to the lowest common denominator for mass consumption, with the masses generally seen as politically apathetic yet prone to ideological fanaticism, vulnerable to manipulation through the media and the increasing sophistication of propagandists)

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light).

The Trap System is a spiritual-technological construct, for lack of better terms, that serves the purpose of keeping people trapped in their physical bodies on Earth , even through many different incarnations.

In fact, the whole purpose of reincarnation is to stay trapped and not be able to experience once True Self.

The Human Body itself is manufactured, to be very limited, and not be able to generally access or experiene its soul to any significant degree. However, a Soul Fragment must be in place in any Human Body for that body to live, be conscious, and function as the mentioned Food Source due to the etheric energies that will only be in place in Human Bodies having a Soul (or Soul Fragment which really is the more proper term). The mentioned entities, whom keep us trapped here, feed on the etheric body energy, the mind of the subject, the thoughts and emotions, and in specific they prefer to feed on “negative energies”. Because of that, these entities make sure a lot of negative events take place in the world, to increase the negative energies within the Human Global Consciousness. This is done in form of various wars, terrorism, deaths, disasters, anything that bring for great fear, anxiousness, paranoia, sadness and other negative states of mind.

In addition, these entities can influence the minds of people through different means, to create specific thought patterns, behaviors and emotions in those people. This influence is done from astral telepathical connections with victims, to various technology that alters the persons state of mind. They are doing their best to keep this utterumost secret,

The Collective Consciousness – the group consciousness of the Human Kind, which is connected with ever Human Being, and this can be manipulated by injecting various thought-forms into it, and thus in turn affect a large amount of the population all at once. In a sense, the Collective Consciousness can be called the “Master User Interface” since it doesnt target specific individuals, but the whole group.

It is the programming of the Mind that keep you in the physical body, yet this also is true for the astral body, as the astral body is not the Soul or your True Self any more than your physical body. Though, nevertheless, you are still spiritual beings trapped currently in physical bodies because of this Programming of the Mind.

Good and evil is an illusion of the lower astral realms, as the whole physical world and lower realms are illusions as well created around us to keep us here.

These “others” are those whom are controlling you through your programming and the illusions you live within, even though these themselves also are living in the illusions and do not know their own true being. Some of them are the ones you refer to as the “Elite” constantly here, and some of them are the ones working with the “Elite” from other planes of existence, yet within the same Illusion.

Mind and Body and can be used to directly influence and control people, and it is very effective since it is both invisible and undetectable without specific technological equipment.

The “Flicker Method” relates to sound waves and radio waves etc since it too is part of the “wave-based” mind control technology. An important “extension” of the “flicker” method mentioned is the use of SOUND to achieve the same effects. Not only sound for that matter, but basically most types of technologies using based on “frequencies” or “waves”, whether that is the mentioned “flickering” from TV’s and monitors etc, the sound waves, radio frequencies, and so on.

Light, sound, frequencies, vibrations – very powerful tools that can be used and abused to create various mental and physical effects in humans.

The use of altering brainwaves of the public on a mass scale, thus altering their mood. Beamed and looped electro magentic waves can give people mood swings.

Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you even more with demonic activity. Once you start listening to him, he completely takes over.

There is constant computer generated “speaking” voice in the airs that is beaming and looping words as; anxiety, worry, worries, panic, I warned you, I warning you, now its dangerous, they gonna kill you, and beaming sounds, words and voices at same time, and beaming and looping commercials and music chorus, both indoors and outdoors, and also beaming words as; now he is mad, now he is going mad, or you are crazy. These words is been beamed and looped every 1-2 second in constat loop of sound and words bombaring the mind. They even beaming words and sounds when you trying to sleep. All these words is related to negativity, fear, stress,anxiety, panic, pain, terrors of the mind. These action even starts simultanously when you make dinner or eating your dinner, and neighbors who is harassing, stalking and shadowing 18 hours every day seems yo be controlled by same forces that is beaming and looping day and night. This world is controlling the ego through sound harassment and creates a sound loop that control the ego. Neighbors around your apartment don´t just create man made noise harassment, they also have technological sound devices they constant turn on and turn off to create a constant background sound of harassment.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale.

This mean they can control and secretely target the human mind subconsiously and then using sound/vibration technology which lie beneath the human hearing so they can´t hear this mind control generated sound or voice, but can be heard through the pineal gland.

ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain and force it to synchronize with the transmission like a tuning fork.

Sounds generated would not be heard through the ears but telepathically through the pineal gland like a phantom voice. Such telepathic transmission allows one to clearly hear real voices in their head (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF)

This system operates similiar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who select the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the progamming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmit the message over the the air. However, you cannot pick up the station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station ”WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The reciever is the flesh, which is attraccted to Satan´s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh and the Devil.

Satan is ”the prince of power of the air” radio technology and the RFID -chip means just this (RFID – Radio Frequency Identification Microchip).

The carnal man, Satan, controls the beast system. The Beast is a system created by Satan. That satanic throne is all around us today in this worldly system of things. The composite beast of Revelation 13:1, 2 symbolizes the worldwide political system, empowered and controlled by Satan.

The System is also famous known to some as The Matrix which is also considered as a Weapon of Mass Destruction because its job is to degenerate and eventually destroy the human mind and spirit systematically on a massive scale in an orderly fashion. Why the Matrix? Because in the movie The Matrix, the matrix was described as a fabricated world of illusions that seemed real to the senses, but in reality everyone that was living inside the matrix was actually asleep in some type of stasis. Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state.

The subconscious mind is the part of the mind that developed evolutionarily before the conscious mind. Also known as the reptilian brain, it is present in reptiles. The subconscious mind is the part of the mind that is not consciously aware of itself in the sense that it cannot evaluate or truly understand the world as the conscious mind can. And the reptilan brain delivers 95% of all human thoughts and is not consciously aware of itself. The reptilans and archons creates a low vibrational reptilanswavelenght of low vibrations that produces fear and fear controls the reptilian brain and prevent it from progress. Humankind become trapped and imprisoned within the beast state of the lower matrix. All of Man’s thoughts eventually pass through the reptilian brain, the portion that is symbolic of Satan, to get to the Tree of Life.

In addition we do have the spiritual side of things as mentioned above, which is of a major method used for mind control and brain washing. This is mostly ignored by those studying these matters, unfortunately, but an extremely large amount of energy is transmitted through, for the lack of better words, “psychic” energies, carrying a specific “charge” that will result in a specific “effect” when it is “received”. The “spiritual method” is widely practiced and used by the elite , and others , to control and affect the population. It can be as extreme as actually “injecting” various thoughts, ideas and presumptions etc into a victims mind.

The specific aim of the Reptilians and the Archons is to take over Planet Earth through covert mind-control methods, much as the secret government is trying to do. These two groups are intimately connected. Most people think of world takeover as occurring only by military means such as bombs and guns, but those are not necessary if the people and the leaders can be manipulated by mind control, hypnosis, and brain implants.

If people knew what was happening, they would not allow themselves to go around on automatic pilot. The only means of protection is through strength of consciousness. If a person is attuned to God and the masters, owns his personal power, and has mastery over his energies, he has nothing to worry about. The people of the world need to wake up spiritually and psychologically and stop being victims. It is this victim consciousness that allows them to be abducted and manipulated. Organized Gang Stalking is sensitizing and victimizing the targeted individuals mind to get power of their mind and perception.

When the man is being initiated into the lower order of the world, or holographic reflection of Earth consciousness he is linked to the reverse cycles of existence, a satanic pattern that dictates his wants through needs and needs through wants. Trapped in the cycle of lower consciousness he sells himself short for what he perceives as the higher cause of human nature, unaware that he is actually headed in the opposite direction of his true destiny. The more the media keeps up this illusion, the more the holographic image lasts and the more time it achieves for the purposes of brain washing the humanoid and keeping him asleep to his real existence by dangling the grand hypnosis pendulum through the electric cosmic waves to structure the electric aspect of his thought projections.

To understand mind control we first have to understand the mind. The mind has been broken down to microscopic biological fibres and our understanding of such phenomenon is based purely on scientific research which has enlightened the wisdom of mans perception regarding his mental functions. However, the mind is vibration and so is the pulse of life in general. Thought forms are creative vibes that invent out of being manipulated to the required density by the mind aligning the vibe with the elements that play the vital vehicle for such invention to organise.

The fibres of the mind and their function are the density haven for the thought form which is creative energy in a form of a cosmic vibration. Understanding the vibration might enhance the radioactivity of the mind, alarming it of unseen energies that might govern its wheels of change. Wisdom is a vibration and can be tapped into. For the mind to activate a thought form accordingly the language of holographic symbols was invented and through these pictographic symbols one meditates messages that communicate the vibes into existence.

The whole third dimension is probably an electromagnetic fabrication — basic elements held together by electron charges combining to make molecules recombining to make organisms going on to higher life forms. We are just huge electromagnetic structures organized around a thought (software idea) that our soul creates for us as our third-dimensional reality. Thoughts create — everything here is already an electromagnetic creation. Only the thoughts and emotions change. If we can’t change our thoughts or our emotions, we continue to move through our software program from birth to death to a predictable end. When we recognize that we create our realities with our thoughts, our exercise of free will, then they may no longer bind us.

The political beast system of this world is also part of the structures of the matrix. Leviathan is the political beast system, and Sagan writes; that the “R-complex” is at work in “a great deal of modern human bureaucratic and political behavior”. And 95% of all humans thoughts is delivered from the reptilian brain, and the reptilian brain is also the stalker, and this is organized gang stalking that oppress and suppress everyone who has a opinion about the beast system, or they who don´t just conform to the mental slavery within the matrix, and they oppress and persecuting thoose who is trying to break free from the veil of ignorance that has been in place for eons and generations, and they stalking thoose who is trying to break through the reptilian fear programming, and they hindering spiritual progress and prevent anyone to ascending to a higher level of consciousness. They bombarding the mind with constant sound electro magnetic frequencis, or constant noise harassment to distract, distort and disturb the negative ego-preception perspective from be changes.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

The most powerful force shaping our lives is the media. All too often, we embrace what is given to us to think about, with little thought of our own. Advertisements and commercials portray pictures of what you should look like, eat, drink, what kind of car you should be driving, etc.; the list is enormously long.

Subliminal messages surround us each and every day, however the conscious mind does not grasp the magnitude at that given time; it is embedded in the subconscious mind. It has long been thought that hidden images can be detected without people being aware of them. For decades, subliminal advertising techniques have been used and researchers have provided physiological evidence of the impact.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The word “matrix” refers to a neural-interactive computer simulation created by a race of machines to occupy human minds while their bodies are being used as fuel.

The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors – made predictable.

Archons manipulated human genetics to create a body-type (biological computer-type) that most suited their goal of human subjugation.

Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere, that also used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate the human psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human consciousness. The Gnostics referred to the Archons as an “artificial man”.

While the new psychology of power (imperium) brings Leviathan into being, the emergence of new technologies of power are necessary to sustain it. The controllers can control effectively and efficiently thanks to the strategic manipulation of information. Subjects are told only what they need to know. To turn Orwell right side up, political truth enters the world with the rise of Leviathan. In a place and at a time where spin control is a practiced art, where justifications for elite actions change rapidly as circumstances require, where misinformation and disinformation are the norm, and where the institutions of Leviathan shroud their actions in secrecy, the control of understanding and thinking is not difficult. This is the world of newspeak, thought control, historical revision, and the like. Certainty is not dead here; it is merely manufactured. Orwell put his faith in the freedom of speech and press to defend against the minions of thought control. His imagination might have failed him in this regard, for if freedom can become slavery, it seems altogether possible to reconcile thought control with freedom of speech and press.

Freedom is now the freedom to do what one should according to the controllers of Leviathan. Yet paraded before the people as an ideal, freedom still stirs the heart of the vast number of Leviathan’s subjects who could not hope to make conceptual sense of it. Leviathan is hardly so foolish as to openly insist that “Freedom is Slavery; but it has become whatever Leviathan says it is.

It supposes that the elites of Leviathan are purposely manipulating political meaning and understanding for some self-serving end, that there is some grand conspiracy at work behind the scene designed to dupe the poor unsuspecting masses. Orwell was no conspiracy theorist, and no one needs to be such a theorist in order to grasp the steady approach of Leviathan. One need only appreciate the workings of institutional power. Leviathan, in the form of Oceania, was a product of social force for Orwell.

The social world has moved in the direction of complexity, and the management of a complex social world gives rise to an increasing reliance upon bureaucracy, technology, and science. But increased bureaucracy, technology, and science pave the way for ever more complexity, and so the cycle of social change drives us ever nearer Leviathan. Politics moves beyond the community and toward the institutions of state imperium; politics moves out of the hands of the people and into the waiting arms of the new vampires.

By means of those misconfigured meanings, ignorance proves to be the destroyer of the world, or at least of the capacity for knowing the actual world, and ignorance is the artificial reality maker.

What kind of social control is shown in George Orwell’s novel “1984”? The control is Totalitarian.

How does the party control history in the novel “1984” by George Orwell? The party manipulates history to control history in the novel. There is a department where the history is constantly changed and altered to the party’s liking. “He who control the present controls the past. He who control the past control the future”. History is constantly manipulated so that people would not have true memories and hence, they won’t have a true identity.

Orwell’s superstate begins as an Enlightenment construct, born of the need to control nature; the state then extends this control over the general population. The superstate is part of the evolutionary development of capitalism, and its end product is power. This explains the need for mind control, manipulation of the past, and the collapse of language, for the aim of the superstate is to destroy individualism. Orwell believed that modem history went wrong with the failure of socialism to offer a difference. Instead of working for individual equality, the state created another kind of inequality based on position, on its own hierarchy: Big Brother took the place of wealth; the superpoliceman replaced the busi-ness tycoon. As control became an end in itself, hope for an urban community gave way to the reality of masses under the control of a master. In Nineteen Eighty-Four, a mysterious Inner Party led by Big Brother controls the superstate of Oceania.

In Greek mythology, Morpheus is the God of dreams. In the film he is the resistance leader who awakens people from the “dream” , as their existance in the Matrix can be described. For Morpheus knows that this existence is a simulation, a dream, he has the power of it, “For knowledge is power”

In the film “The Matrix” (1999) Neo awakens to discover that the world he lives in is a simulation and the reality is a grotesque horror of domination by intelligent machines.

The Dream World – This is connected with the Collective Consciousness, as well as other aspects that will be mentioned below. In the Dream World people are constantly attacked and being taken advantaged of, mind controlled, and programmed. People are very open for suggestions in this state of mind.

Hypnosis – All people are very open for hypnotic suggestions and commands. It is built into the human psyche and a way to control and manipulate people. Some examples on entities and groups taking advantage of hypnotic commands and subliminal messages are The Media (News, Television, Movies, Internet, etc), Religions, Governments, various Leaders, Politicians, and on non-physical planes you have spirit entities such as astral vampires, “angels and demons”, and so on.

Archetypes – These are entities that are part of the Human Psyche and relates to the Collective Consciousness. These influences people in different ways and different degrees through their psychic interaction with people and the way these entities basically exists and lives within the Consciousness. These are more general and wide-spread energies / entities that affects all of Mankind in contrast with “angels and demons”, astral vampires etc whom are more targeted at specific individuals.

“The Elite” – the group of entities in Control, the ones mainly responsible for putting into effect all the various ways of Mind Control, and creating the Physical World, and the Servants and Slaves of those whom are higher up in the ranks within this group. They use all of the mentioned methods, and do group rituals to affect the population, etc.

Planets and Celestial bodies – This relates to the way planets, whom actually are forms of consciousnesses, and how these affects the human psyche. A good example here is Astrology, and the reason behind why Astrology “works” and can tell something about a person. Every person is charged with certain energy constructs and elements of the different Planet-

Consciousnesses at birth, depending on where and when a person is born, various amounts of such energies from the different Planets and Celestial bodies are implemented and charged into that person and in turn becomes part of his Personality and the way he and others see him.

The Astral Plane – this is connected with most of the above, from “Archetypes”, “Demons and Angels”, “Astral Vampires”, “The Dream World” to the “Elite” etc. A majority of external influence takes part on the Astral Plane, and the Astral Plane is technically where a person “really is” as far as Spirit / Soul goes. There are many levels of the Astral Planes, and we are always connected to them, and always affected by them, and we in turn also always affect them by our own thoughts and emotions. Again many groups and entities work from there, including the “Gods” and the highest of our Creators and Manipulators whom work through all the mentioned methods and levels of existence from their location in this “pyramid” and down to “us”.

The human mission is to find spiritual Enlightenment. Realise one’s supreme Self. Few are aware of this singular obligation in life. Everyone is involved in the affairs of the world. Lost in perception and action, emotion and thought. The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. . The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

The specific aim of the Reptilians and the Archons is to take over Planet Earth through covert mind-control methods, much as the secret government is trying to do. These two groups are intimately connected. Most people think of world takeover as occurring only by military means such as bombs and guns, but those are not necessary if the people and the leaders can be manipulated by mind control, hypnosis, and brain implants.

If people knew what was happening, they would not allow themselves to go around on automatic pilot. The only means of protection is through strength of consciousness. If a person is attuned to God and the masters, owns his personal power, and has mastery over his energies, he has nothing to worry about. The people of the world need to wake up spiritually and psychologically and stop being victims. It is this victim consciousness that allows them to be abducted and manipulated.

They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be.

Life on Earth is been conditioned and altered to be experienced from a low vibrational frequency state of ignorance. The low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency is a form ego-hypnotic sleep stasis where the spirit is not awaken, but is asleep. And the last thing the archons want is awaken minds of mankind and therefore using all forms methods and techniques to keep the whole matrix closed into their low vibrational frequency world and reality. The lower the frequency is the better for the archons and easier to control everyone´s minds and the higher the vibrational frequency becomes the more difficult for the archons to manipulate the mind, thoughts, emotions, visions, perception and reality.

One can see the obvious fact that if you do not conform to the pattern of society, of a particular culture, you are broken by the society, the culture throws you out. You depend on the pattern for your livelihood. So being afraid—of losing the job, of not having stability, security, a reasonable sense of well-being, or to be frighten to loose income from social wellfare the mind allows itself to be influenced, to conform. Again, this is an obvious fact that through the fear of insecurity, we conform. We have played this game all the time for centuries.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Humans fear exclusion and fear of death and this is the basic fear programming for humans survival mode and controls humankinds mass-consciousness (corporate thinking, people bondage thinking, tribal consciousness).

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

What the reptilians and archons creates is a hypnotic state of mind.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

These mind errors and programmed belief systems creates a fragmented mind of duality where maya, illusions and ignorance is the power controlling energies, and beacuse of this humankind can´t break through the veil of ignorance or the veil of darkness and fear.

After all, if your mind is not precise, clear, clean, strong, vital, how can it break through all conditioning? A confused mind cannot possibly break through all conditioning programming, maya and illusions, and negative fear programming and stress inducing, and because a confused mind cannot break through the veil of ignorance the archons create a social mind-enviroment filled with fear, illusions and doubts/confusion and at worst they gaslighting the mind to drive the targeted individual to madness, so it can´t break through thousends of years of fear programming and conditioning of the mind. This includes to triggering emotions and thought pattern of paranoia, subtle threatening through words, and triggering insecurity, and create fear to loose income from social wellfare when there is no money on the account in the morning, but is on the account later at day or evening. Organized Gang Stalking also using words and communication about insurence and economy in food queue and people starts talking about insurence or there is no money on their account.

The society of this world want´s everyone to be conformed, accept and to just understand only the kingdom of earth and not the kingdom within or the the no-mind. They want people and humankind to experience life on Earth through the lens of the ego and not the lens of the soul spirit of wholeness. For example he says that kingdom of God is within. But people understand only the kingdom on earth. People are having problems that arose from the mind like conflict, anguish, despair etc and Bible contains the statements of no-mind. So people start imagining a state of no-mind and the conflict increases further. Unless you understand the mechanics of workings of your own mind you caimot reach the state of no-mind. This understanding of working of your own mind is self-inquiry. The state of no-mind happens as naturally as it should be.

The human mission in the world is to discover the supreme Self in one’s lifetime. The ignorance of Self plunges a human being into blinding darkness. He becomes constricted, restricted by his misamis, thoughts and desires. He revolves around the three conditioned states of waking, dream and deep-sleep all his life. Even after he departs from this world his desires drive him through the cycle of birth and death. The cycle will not end until his desires are exhausted. Only on elimination of all desires does he attain the Self.

Satan and his archons don´t want humankind freeing themselves from the conditioned and mind controlled state of mind and become aware of their divine Self and get access to the no-mind of consciousness. Lack of knowledge keeping humakind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix and the mind prison of the archons, the fallen state of consciousness (into the the three dimensional reality of maya and illusions).

Ignorance creates the ego. As the seeker gains the knowledge of the Self his ignorance recedes. His ego, attachment, desire decrease. The veil of ignorance prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons prevents the soul from ascending, “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The ego is the state of ignorance and the ego is what denied its own real self and true source of knowledge and the inner being. The knowledge of the not-Self (the ego) which man had laboriously built up turns out in the end to be only a form of learned ignorance.

The more we give in to their (reptilans and archons) agenda through our free will, the more they can take control. It is as if we are inviting them into our existence by our choices. At some point this negative vortex will lead to some sort of alignment with the matrix hive mind they are putting into place. Then it would be nearly impossible to overcome the world of the archons.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

Delusion will continue as long as the state of duality persists. The last thought is dissolved through sustained meditation. In the culmination of meditation the seeker reaches the ultimate state of thoughtlessness, desirelessness. No more duality. No grief, no delusion. It is the state of absolute Enlightenment.

Ignorance also causes fear. You fear darkness because you do not know what is around. When you switch on the light you know the environment. Your fear vanishes. In the case of Self realisation you gain absolute Knowledge. Ignorance is completely removed. Consequently you become fearless. Fear again arises from desires. As long as you entertain desires for the objects of the world you are afraid of not getting them. When the objects of desires are acquired you are afraid of losing them. The Self-realised has no desire, therefore no fear. This world therefore feeding the desire consciousness of materialism, and it then becomes a mind state of material possession through the ego. Ignorance-of-Self is the cause for projection of the pluralistic world. Which comprises body and its perceptions, mind and its emotions, intellect and its thoughts.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature and the desire consciousness. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

The political beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda. Satan´s goal must be to keep everyone imprioned or trapped in the carnal mind desires of consumption and in this world the desire becomes a kind of worship after more materialism.

Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

The RFID chip will be the end for spiritual progress from the kingdom of materialism and will prevent every spiritual progress of finding the real Higher Self and will then be connected, controlled by the political economic system and trapped in the carnal mind that will continue to enslave humankind within the matrix of materialism and artificial intelligence. This is the hidden design of the RFID chip because it will protect the carnal nature of man and keep humankind in the lower beast state.

The human mission is to find spiritual Enlightenment. Realise one’s supreme Self. Few are aware of this singular obligation in life. Everyone is involved in the affairs of the world. Lost in perception and action, emotion and thought. The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation.

Desires project the world and bind one to it. But the wise knowing this go through spiritual disciplines in the world of avidyi to eliminate them. With the reduction of desires he reaches a state of detachment from the affairs of the world. The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance. Material and sensual persons are enticed by the fascination of the external world.

Satan’s goal is to steal our dreams because he knows that if he can do that, he can destroy our future. The divine future needs the visionary drive within faith. When Satan attacks he using psychology to make man; so he has no goal, no drive, no movement, no results, no progress. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking.

It is this anxiety that causes us to quit before we even try that can severely hinder us from moving forward in life. Fear blocks visions and weakening faith, and fear blocks information and lack of information hindering learning. Constant negative stress creates an negative feedback loop of thoughts and distorts the mind; distorted Vision: No goals. No vision. No drive. Nothing good to look forward to. Inducing stress up on the human mind prevents spiritual progress. This is how the organized gang stalking program creates helpnessless and weakening the spiritual willpower.

Satan’s goal is to steal our dreams because he knows that if he can do that, he can destroy our future. The divine future needs the visionary drive within faith. When Satan attacks he using psychology to make man; so he has no goal, no drive, no movement, no results, no progress. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The goal of organized gang stalking is to create a fear based mind, controlled by negativity, stress, anxiety, worries, panic thoughts and emotions because they prevent spiritual progress of higher levels of consciousness and the broken feedback loop creates a loping reality within the matrix. The design of the lower matrix is built up around emotions and thoughts of negativity, stress, anxiety, worries, panic. Fear is the key component that triggering the other emotions and thoughts. These strengtens the ego-body-perception and the archons don´t want aynone to be able to dissolve the state of duality and transform it to Oneness or the the divine state of consciousness. These emotions and thoughts creates spiritual and psychological walls of terror and these is been combined with sound terror and noise harassment to distort, distract and distort reality and mind.

The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission. This is also part of how the organized gang stalking program creates helpnessless by weakening the spiritual willpower. The hidden purpose is to drive the targeted individual to madness and the computer generated “speaking” voice in the airs is constant beaming and looping words as; now he is mad or now he is going mad, or you are crazy. These words is been looped every 1-2 second into apartment and into mind, even at night when one trying to sleep.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things. All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

When our focus is scattered and not consolidated at the center of our being, there is a gap in consciousness, which distances us from our soul. Without centered self-focus, our energies and mind interlock with internal and external distractions.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Energy systems that have to be in control are often plagued by insecurity, fear, and anxiety. There is a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness that cannot be resolved. The energy system’s out of control internal conscious state is coaxed by the need to be in control of all external situations. Being out of control can convince the ego to create the illusion of having the need to be in control.

Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude to withstand harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves being in control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control or stability, insecurity develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and reflections of itself causing perceptions of fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or doing things wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others.

Poor cognitive development early on causes an imbalance within the categorization process within the stream of consciousness. When the essential foundation of the stream of consciousness is underdeveloped, or distorted, the normal cycle of feedback loops are compromised.

The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real to the energy system.

Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor.

The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.

We have recently been given a tremendous decree for the casting out of the dweller-on-the-threshold. And we have been taught that this dweller is the carnal mind, the nucleus of the anti-Self that we have created or that has been created by others, and that it is the dweller-on-the-threshold that is the enemy of the light in people.

Satan has corrupted man’s mind with a false wisdom, so that he may rule the earth through man. This corrupted wisdom has been injected in the world collective consciousness; and is now working against man’s own divine destiny. Satan possessed all the universal wisdom and secret knowledge you could ever think of, but used them in a very corrupted way. With this corrupted wisdom he is now ruling and corrupting the earth through man. For this reason, the Bible calls him “the prince of the world” or the “god of this world.” To live without the divine inspiration is to be subject to the wisdom of Satan. It is that false wisdom that has polluted the original flow of the divine life within man.

Man’s luminous evolution as well as the glory of the earth will occur the day we will all return to Spirit; to live by inspiration. After the fall, man’s conscious mind begins to infuse his subconscious mind with erroneous beliefs and false principles. This is how the heart of man or his soul became corrupted with sin. Because whatever man, thinks, does, feels, or says is registered in his subconscious mind (the heart), thus affects his entire consciousness.

The carnal mind deviously employs the human intellect, the human emotions, and the human will to justify itself before mankind; and thereby it gains the esteem of the world. And thereby there is formed the personality that is popular with the people. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God.

Mass consciousness is not Divine consciousness

Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

When masses of city-dwellers regress to the unconscious state, it does not create a psychological unit that is in any way comparable to the original group and its psychology. In the original group, as we must emphasize yet again, consciousness, individuality, and spirit existed in the germ and strove to express themselves through the collective unconscious of the group, whereas the unconsciousness to which people are resignedly regressing today is, as it were, an unconscious with no tendencies in this direction. The autonomy of the unconscious reigns supreme in the mass psyche with the collusion of the mass shadow-man who lurks in the unconscious personality, and for the time being at least there is no sign of the regulating intervention of centroversion or of the regulation of the group by the cultural canon. The mass, therefore, is the decay of a more complex unit not into a more primitive unit but into a centerless agglomeration. Regression to the mass-man is only possible given the extreme process of cleavage between ego consciousness and the unconscious, and the consequent loss of centroversion.

The renegade ego of modem man therefore succumbs to a reactionary mass-mindedness and falls victim to the collective shadow, to the mass man within. Whereas in a homogeneous psyche the negative element has a meaningful place as decomposition and death, as chaos and prima materia, or as the leaden counterweight which roots growing things to the earth, in a fragmented psyche with a defeatist, regressing ego it becomes a cancer and a nihilistic danger. With the disintegration of ego consciousness all the positions built up in the course of human development are regressively destroyed, as in psychosis. As a result, the ego-sphere of the human and personal is lost. Personality values no longer count, and the supreme achievement of the individual—his behavior as an individual human being—is broken down and replaced by collective modes of behavior.

Mass Consciousness is the desire consciousness of the ego and is formed through the five senses of passions (mass consciousness is desires of the ego and the five senses of passions)

Mass Consciousness is not the Divine Consciousness

The term “Social Engineering was been used to describe employers and the type of mass production that was now possible, had to employ a great many people. So the first key of understanding is that social engineering was used as a term to describe mass production of products and the other key of understanding there must be people who buy these mass production of products, and the second key is the “desire consciusness” who then buy these products, and the third key is the state of the “dreamworld”.

Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind and the lower mind is also the “desire consciousness”, and the Matrix is the computer-generated dream-world humankind is trapped in. Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be data from its environment. Mass consciousness can change from generation to generation.

Social and environmental mores are always on a lower vibrational level when they influence the masses to be environmentally conscious rather than self-conscious and self-enlightened.

Desire can be understood by us, but energy itself is sure to remain a secret of the prime cause as is also space and their product time. Thus our term matter-consciousness is equally valid as mass-consciousness.

Since the ego is nothing but a concept, other concepts can appear to be threats to it. Mass consciousness is the concept of the collective ego and others who want´s to break free from the lower mind and concept of duality then appears to be a threath of change.

Mass society reflects industrial mass production in which people consume the same industrialized products and culture.

Society conformed everyone to the lower matrix of the ego through the concepts of mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts is the Matrix. The ego is mass consciousness, and the ego is ignorance and this prevent any spiritual progress out of the lower mind of the matrix. This prevent anyone to rasiing their inner low vibrational frequency to a higher frequency, and this is how the reptilians and archons keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within their matrix of control of the low reptilian frequency world.

Maya through its mass productivity creates fragmentation. In the state of fragmentation, only fragmented knowledge appears before man’s consciousness. This fragmentation of the psyche is the result of the three- pronged conditioning of the soul.

The Matrix – is a artificial dreamworld controlled through the art of mass psychology to create mass consciousness, and then the Matrix is a “mind prison” the mass consciousness prevents humans from awakening up from this dreamworld to be able to see through the veil of ignorance and illusions.

The Matrix is a dream world made to cover our eyes with illusions and ignorance.

Organized Gang Stalking on Earth is spiritual warfare, psychological warfare, political warfare, and invisible warfare about frequencies and energy vibrations. There is a constant computer generated speaking voice in the airs that is beaming and looping words as; anxiety, worry, worries, panic, now its dangerous, I warning you, I warned you, and beaming and looping “now he is mad” or “now he is going mad” every day, even at night. This constant computer generated speaking voice in the airs working to triggering emotions and thoughts of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, and pain. These emotions and thoughts is connected to the ego within the matrix humankind is trapped and imprisoned within, and when someone starts changing their inner vibrational frequency this world of archons starts spiritual warfare, psychological warfare, political warfare, and invisible warfare about frequencies and energy vibrations. It is spiritual, psychological and political terrorism of the mind and they using sound technology, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies and beaming and looping sounds, words and voices into the targeted individuals mind.

There Is A War Going On Inside Of You… (Are You Carrying Your Shield?) “There is much in the world to make us afraid. There is much more in our faith to make us unafraid.”

We are in a spiritual war with our enemy, Satan. If God is Faith, so id Satan fear, and if God is the relaxed and silent state of mind, so is Satan the noice creator that constant distract, distort and disturb brain waves with constant sound harassment interference.

The battleground in this war is in our mind, which our enemy seeks to overrun and capture for his possession. If we are not equipped, trained, and properly prepared to fight this war, we will inevitably suffer defeat at the hands of our adversary.

One of the weapons that our enemy uses to attack us in this war is fear, which develops into anxiety if we become afraid and begin to anticipate that undesirable events will occur in our life. The way that Satan uses this weapon of fear is by placing dreadful and discouraging thoughts in our mind, and by doing so, he intends for us to begin to worry and have anxiety about certain future events. If we begin to act, think, speak, and respond according to the negative and discouraging thoughts that Satan has placed in our mind, our enemy will have successfully gained a victory over us in this area of our life.

If our faith is not strong and firm, then Satan’s arrows of negative thoughts will be able to penetrate our defenses and cause us to worry excessively and develop anxiety, however, if our faith is strong and rock solid, whenever Satan launches arrows of negative and fearful thoughts in our mind concerning the worst thing that can happen in a particular situation, our faith will prevent those thoughts from consuming our mind with fear and anxiety, and it will enable us to continue to have joy and peace.

Therefore Satan using all kind of methods to triggering emotions and thoughts of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, and pain. Satan constant disturb, distract and distort a relaxed mind with worries, anxiety and one main component is to create constant interference of the mind in form of sound harassment or noise harassment.

Satan´s ultimate goal is to create a negative and broken feedback loop where the targeted individual feel helpnessless.

Our anxiety, our worry, and our fear originate from our belief that no one is able or willing to help us in our time of need, and from our belief that the worst case scenario given in a certain circumstance will occur.

The same thing applies to fear. Fear is negative things appearing real. Fear is illusion, and it is the direct opposite of faith and courage. Faith makes you to be bold and courageous so that you can move forth in Spirit and fulfil your task, while fear puts all the doubts in your mind concerning your ability to take the next step and fulfil your resolves. Fear always tells you that you can’t, while faith tells ‘yes, you can’. Fear is a negative factor, and it is one of the instruments of Satan. If fear grips you, you will become a prisoner. Instead of fear, have faith. That is the reason why God always tells his chosen vessels to be courageous and not to fear. Faith is godly, while fear is satanic and destructive. Whenever you are griped by fear, know immediately that Satan is around and he is beginning his evil works around you.

Archons feed on a low vibrational energy so to escape the matrix we should make raising our vibration our highest priority. If raising our vibration should be of spiritual highest priority, so does the archons highest goal be the opposoite to prevent anyone raising their inner vibrations and therefore using methods to keep humankind within the low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency.

For example, Plato adheres to a metaphysical a prior understanding of universal ideas to interpret the Gnostic myth of the primal man. Down through the ages, it has always been man’s natural urge to transcend himself and embrace a reality above and beyond this temporal earthly life in order to attain personal immortality. Lacking the benefit of divine revelation, man is limited in what his rational powers can know about the metaphysical and the transcendent — those realities that exist above and beyond what he can experience with his five senses. Metaphysics, literally meaning “beyond and above the physical,” is concerned with the transcendent nature of ultimate reality and the principles that govern it. Metaphysicians depend on the conclusions of speculative reasoning and logic rather than the results obtained by sense experiences or application of scientific method.

When the say Man in born into enslavement, Man is born into the world of Matter (The Artificial Intelligence and Matrix) and have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

The Meaning of Liberation Self-Knowledge is the liberation of the soul from the bondage of body and mind concept that has been developed in the yogic science of consciousness is that of the human bondage and liberation. And underlying this concept is the concept of Ignorance

The ultimate spiritual goal is to liberate the soul from its entrapment in matter so that it can rise to the spiritual high point in the universe.

Enabled them to liberate the divine spark within themselves from its prison of flesh so that it could return to its heavenly home

You have to leam to vibrate in unison with the stars, creating cosmic unity, but in order to do that you must liberate your body from the corresponding chakra.

Agent Smith describes the cognitive dissonance produced by the first Matrix: “The perfect world was a dream – liberation from the dream-state and The Matrix

In this codified story the real meaning is that it is the war of liberation from the material bondages which has to be fought to conquer our material desires so we can attain liberation, which is required for all evolving personality consciousness of the incarnanated human beings.

Within this framework, then, humans are prisoners. Humans are considered to be composed of flesh, soul, and spirit’s seems to use soul and spirit interchangeably. The body and soul are the result of the cosmic powers/gods who imbue them with the passions and appetites of the lower spheres and are therefore subjected to the created prison. The spirit, on the other hand, is seen as having fallen from the beyond and is held captive by the body and its liberation, its awakening, only comes via knowledge.” This spirit is sometimes seen as the presence of an inner “Self,” that is “the transcendent and true subject of salvation.

‘Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of ones self.” However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.” “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.”” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about itself and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.” Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison, while the body is seen as being totally impure and not to be trusted along with the rest of the material and lower realms?

With God being utterly transcendent and unknowable, all the lower realms basically being corrupted (of which the human body is constructed), and the goal being a complete liberation from it all, the fundamental gnostic theory of change and way to this salvation is centered on the acquisition of “knowledge; or gnosis.” “Ihe idea here is that God sends Divine Light down to humans thereby enabling them to share in God’s existence.” Such knowledge from and of God not only liberates one from the body’s corrupting passions, but is itself the “ultimate perfection” that transforms the soul.”

According to the general gnostic view, the world is the work of lowly powers which, though they may be mediately descended from him, do not know the true God and obstruct the knowledge of him in the cosmos over which they rule. The genesis of these lower powers, the archons (rulers), and in general that of all the orders of being outside God, including the world itself, is a main theme of gnostic speculation.”

Archons feed on a low vibrational energy so to escape the matrix we should make raising our vibration our highest priority. If raising our vibration should be of spiritual highest priority, so does the archons highest goal be the opposoite to prevent anyone raising their inner vibrations and therefore using methods to keep humankind within the low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix.

Learn to control vibrations by controlling thoughts and you will hold the keys of Eternal Life in your hands. The Eternal energy surging through all matter, the power of existence in atoms with their whirling molecules and electrons in all earthly substance are nothing more or less than vibrations condensed to the point of slow, heavy, mortal tangibility. Control the vibrations and the power to control substance and material energy will eventually be given, that is the keys of handling Eternal Life, for energy is life, and life and Light and Love and energy are the Eternal elements and are vibrations created by mental thinking. Every thought sent forth is a never ending vibration winging its way across the Universe to bring us back just what we sent forth. We can control the vibrations that emanate from us — and we can thereby control our destinies.

“When one increases one’s frequency to that of the speed of Light, then the mastery of the process begins. This means that the Being now has access to more information in the Universal Consciousness, but that Being also has the command to dictate what will or will not come through the filter. “The process actually becomes more complex as it becomes more simplified. When a Being does not understand this principle, that Being may go through cycles of high and low frequencies that direct its consciousness. This is because the frequencies are controlling it.

When you see a bright white light in your brain, or a tunnel, you know you are in theta and can quickly reprogram the brain for health and wholeness.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

0 thoughts on “From three dimensional to fifth dimensional reality, Self-Transformation is the Essence of Alchemy, from the fifth root race to the sixth root race of intuition, from beta brain waves to theta brainwaves, What is the 6th root race and the 7th root race? We don’t know much about the 6’h and Th root race. They are still to come; they lay in the future. The 6th root race and the 7th root race will continue to deepen our spiritual consciousness, eventually reaching the mind of the Divine consciousness”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *